Attached files

file filename
EX-3.4 - EX-3.4 - GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.l39059exv3w4.htm
EX-12.1 - EX-12.1 - GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.l39059exv12w1.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.l39059exv32w1.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.l39059exv31w2.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.l39059exv31w1.htm
EX-10.19.2 - EX-10.19.2 - GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.l39059exv10w19w2.htm
EX-10.19.1 - EX-10.19.1 - GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.l39059exv10w19w1.htm
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number: 333-114396
General Nutrition Centers, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
DELAWARE
(state or other jurisdiction of
Incorporation or organization)
  72-1575168
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
(Address of principal executive offices)
  15222
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (412) 288-4600
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None
          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes     þ No
          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. þ Yes     o No
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. o Yes     þ No
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). o Yes     o No
          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer oAccelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). o Yes     þ No
          As of March 1, 2010, all of the registrant’s common equity was privately held, and there was no public market for the registrant’s common equity nor any publicly available quotations for the registrant’s common equity. As a result, the registrant is unable to calculate the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of March 1, 2010. As of March 1, 2010, 100 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) were outstanding. All shares of our Common Stock are held by GNC Corporation.
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
 
           
           
 
           
  Business     1  
  Risk Factors     19  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     28  
  Properties     29  
  Legal Proceedings     31  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     36  
 
           
           
 
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     37  
  Selected Financial Data     39  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation     43  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     65  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     66  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     128  
  Controls and Procedures     128  
  Other Information     128  
 
           
           
 
           
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance     129  
  Executive Compensation     134  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     164  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence     166  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     169  
 
           
           
 
           
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     170  
 
  Signatures     176  
 EX-3.4
 EX-10.19.1
 EX-10.19.2
 EX-12.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1

i


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
          This Form 10-K Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business. Forward-looking statements may relate to our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, and other information that is not historical information. Discussions containing such forward-looking statements may be found in Items 1, 2, 3, 7 and 7A hereof, as well as within this report generally. In addition, when used in this report, the words “subject to,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can,” or the negative thereof, or variations thereon, or similar expressions, or discussions of strategy, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are inherently uncertain.
          All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and beliefs, but we may not realize our expectations and our beliefs may not prove correct. Actual results could differ materially from those described or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements include, among others:
    uncertainty of the weakened economy;
 
    significant competition in our industry;
 
    unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products;
 
    the incurrence of material product liability and product recall costs;
 
    costs of compliance and our failure to comply with new and existing governmental regulations;
 
    the failure of our franchisees to conduct their operations profitably and limitations on our ability to terminate or replace under-performing franchisees;
 
    economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations;
 
    our failure to keep pace with the demands of our customers for new products and services;
 
    disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications;
 
    the lack of long-term experience with human consumption of ingredients in some of our products;
 
    increases in the frequency and severity of insurance claims, particularly claims for which we are self-insured;
 
    loss or retirement of key members of management;
 
    increases in the cost of borrowings and limitations on availability of additional debt or equity capital;
 
    the impact of our substantial debt on our operating income and our ability to grow;
 
    the failure to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights against competitors;
 
    changes in applicable laws relating to our franchise operations; and
 
    our inability to expand our franchise operations or attract new franchisees.
          Consequently, such forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans, estimates and beliefs. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance or achievements. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update, republish or revise forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrences of unanticipated events.
          Industry data used throughout this report was obtained from industry publications and our internal estimates. While we believe such information to be reliable, its accuracy has not been independently verified and cannot be guaranteed.

ii


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1.   BUSINESS.
GNC
          With our worldwide network of over 6,900 locations and our www.gnc.com website, we are the leading global specialty retailer of health and wellness products, including vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements (“VMHS”) products, sports nutrition products, and diet products. We believe that the strength of our GNC® brand, which is distinctively associated with health and wellness, combined with our stores and website, give us broad access to consumers and uniquely position us to benefit from the favorable trends driving growth in the nutritional supplements industry and the broader health and wellness sector. We derive our revenues principally from product sales through our company-owned stores, franchise activities, and sales of products manufactured in our facilities to third parties. Our broad and deep product mix, which is focused on high-margin, value-added nutritional products, is sold under our GNC proprietary brands, including Mega Men®, Ultra Mega®, WELLbeING®, Pro Performance®, Pro Performance® AMP and Preventive Nutrition®, and under nationally recognized third-party brands.
          Our domestic retail network, which is approximately nine times larger than the next largest U.S. specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, provides a leading platform for our vendors to distribute their products to their target consumer. This gives us leverage with our vendor partners and has enabled us to negotiate product exclusives and first-to-market opportunities. In addition, our in-house product development capabilities enable us to offer our customers proprietary merchandise that can only be purchased through our stores or our website. As the nutritional supplement consumer often requires knowledgeable customer service, we also differentiate ourselves from mass and drug retailers with our well-trained sales associates. We believe that our expansive retail network, our differentiated merchandise offering, and our quality customer service result in a unique shopping experience.
          Our principal executive offices are located at 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, and our telephone number is (412) 288-4600. We also maintain a website at www.gnc.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this report and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act.
          In this report, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” or “GNC” refer to General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Corporate History
          We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through our operating subsidiaries.
          On February 8, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation, our ultimate parent company at that time, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with GNC Acquisition Inc. and its parent company, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (“Holdings” or our “Parent”). On March 16, 2007, the merger (the “Merger”) was consummated. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, as amended, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation, with GNC Parent Corporation as the surviving corporation. Subsequently on March 16, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation was converted into a Delaware limited liability company and renamed GNC Parent LLC.

1


Table of Contents

          As a result of the Merger, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. became the sole equity holder of GNC Parent LLC and the ultimate parent company of both GNC Corporation, our direct parent company, and us. The outstanding capital stock of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. is beneficially owned by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ACOF”), an affiliate of Ares Management LLC (“Ares”) Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (“OTPP”), certain institutional investors, certain of our directors, and certain former stockholders of GNC Parent Corporation, including members of our management. Refer to Note 1, “Nature of Business,” and Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information.
          Holdings and each of its stockholders is party to a stockholders agreement. Among other things, the stockholders agreement contains certain restrictions on transfer of shares of Holdings’ capital stock, and gives each of ACOF and OTPP the right to designate four members of Holdings’ board of directors (or, at the option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings. For additional information, see Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence- Stockholders’ Agreement.”
          GNC Parent Corporation was formed as a Delaware corporation in November 2006 to acquire all the outstanding common stock of GNC Corporation.
          General Nutrition Centers, Inc. was formed in October 2003 and GNC Corporation was formed as a Delaware corporation in November 2003 by Apollo Management V, L.P. (“Apollo”), an affiliate of Apollo Management V, L.P. and members of our management to acquire General Nutrition Companies, Inc. from Numico USA, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Koninklijke (Royal) Numico N.V. (collectively, “Numico”). In December 2003, we purchased all of the outstanding equity interests of General Nutrition Companies, Inc.
          General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was founded in 1935 by David Shakarian who opened its first health food store in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Since that time, the number of stores has continued to grow, and General Nutrition Companies, Inc. began producing its own vitamin and mineral supplements as well as foods, beverages, and cosmetics. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was acquired in August 1999 by Numico Investment Corp. and, prior to its acquisition, was a publicly traded company listed on the Nasdaq National Market.
Industry Overview
          We operate within the large and growing U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry. According to Nutrition Business Journal’s Supplement Business Report 2009, our industry generated an estimated $25.2 billion in sales in 2008 and an estimated $26.6 billion in 2009, and is projected to grow at an average annual rate of approximately 4% per year through 2017. Our industry is also highly fragmented, and we believe this fragmentation provides large operators, like us, the ability to compete more effectively due to scale advantages.
          We expect several key demographic, healthcare, and lifestyle trends to drive the continued growth of our industry. These trends include:
  Increased Focus on Healthy Living. Consumers are leading more active lifestyles and becoming increasingly focused on healthy living, nutrition, and supplementation. According to the Nutrition Business Journal’s Supplement Business Report 2009, 15% of the U.S. adult population were regular or heavy users of vitamins in 2008, up from 13% in 2007. We believe that growth in the nutritional supplements industry will continue to be driven by consumers who increasingly embrace health and wellness as a critical part of their lifestyles.

2


Table of Contents

  Aging Population. The average age of the U.S. population is increasing. U.S. Census Bureau data indicates that the number of Americans age 65 or older is expected to increase by approximately 52% from 2000 to 2015. We believe that these consumers are significantly more likely to use nutritional supplements, particularly VMHS products, than younger persons, and have higher levels of disposable income to pursue healthier lifestyles.
  Rising Healthcare Costs and Use of Preventive Measures. We believe that current economic conditions are affecting health related choices being made by consumers. A report released by the Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research & Education Trust in 2009 found that, since 1999, the employee contribution for a family health insurance policy had risen 128%. Additionally, according to the Nutrition Business Journal’s Supplement Business Report 2009, a report by Information Resources Inc. reports that 25% of consumers indicate that they are cutting back on doctor visits. We believe that as more people lost their jobs and ability to pay for healthcare, many turned to supplements to remain healthy and ward off expensive doctor visits and pharmaceutical drugs. We believe that these measures, along with the rising cost of health care, will motivate consumers to purchase more supplements.
          Participants in our industry include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, mail-order companies, and a variety of other smaller participants. The nutritional supplements sold through these channels are divided into four major product categories: VMHS; sports nutrition products; diet products; and other wellness products. Most supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants have narrow nutritional supplement product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins and herbs, with less knowledgeable sales associates than specialty retailers. We believe that the market share of supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants over the last five years has remained relatively constant.

3


Table of Contents

Business Overview
          The following charts illustrate the percentage of our net revenue generated by our three business segments and the percentage of our net U.S. retail supplement revenue generated by our product categories:
(PIE CHART)
(PIE CHART)
          Throughout 2009, we did not have a material concentration of sales from any single product or product line.
     Retail Locations
          Our retail network represents the leading specialty retail store network in the nutritional supplements industry according to Nutrition Business Journal’s Supplement Business Report 2009. As of December 31, 2009, there were 6,917 GNC store locations globally, including:
    2,665 company-owned stores in the United States (all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico);
 
    167 company-owned stores in Canada;
 
    909 domestic franchised stores;
 
    1,307 international franchised stores in 47 countries; and
 
    1,869 GNC franchised “store-within-a-store” locations under our strategic alliance with Rite Aid Corporation (“Rite Aid”).

4


Table of Contents

          Most of our company-owned and franchised U.S. stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are primarily located in shopping malls and strip shopping centers. We have approximately nine times the domestic store base of our nearest U.S. specialty retail competitor.
          Website. In December 2005 we started selling products through our website, www.gnc.com. This additional sales channel has enabled us to market and sell our products in regions where we have limited or no retail operations. Some of the products offered on our website may not be available at our retail locations, enabling us to broaden the assortment of products available to our customers. The ability to purchase our products through the internet also offers a convenient method for repeat customers to evaluate and purchase new and existing products. To date, we believe that most of the sales generated by our website are incremental to the revenues from our retail locations.
     Franchise Activities
          We generate income from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales, and franchise fees. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer a number of services to franchisees including training, site selection, construction assistance, and accounting services. We believe that our franchise program enhances our brand awareness and market presence and will enable us to continue to expand our store base internationally with limited capital expenditures. Over the last several years, we realigned our domestic franchise system with our corporate strategies and re-acquired or closed unprofitable or non-compliant franchised stores in order to improve the financial performance of the franchise system.
     Franchised Store-Within-a-Store Locations
          To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance in December 1998 with Rite Aid to open our GNC franchised store-within-a-store locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from fees paid by Rite Aid for new store-within-a-store openings, sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacture of Rite Aid private label products, and retail sales of certain consigned inventory. In 2007, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through 2014 with a five year option. At December 31, 2009, Rite Aid had opened 698 of an additional 1,125 stores that Rite Aid committed to open by December 31, 2014.
     Marketing
          We market our proprietary brands of nutritional products through an integrated marketing program that includes television, print, and radio media, storefront graphics, direct mailings to members of our Gold Card loyalty program, and point of purchase promotional materials.
     Manufacturing and Distribution
          With our technologically sophisticated manufacturing and distribution facilities supporting our retail stores, we are a vertically integrated producer and supplier of high-quality nutritional supplements. By controlling the production and distribution of our proprietary products, we can protect product quality, monitor delivery times, and maintain appropriate inventory levels.

5


Table of Contents

Products
          We offer a wide range of high-quality nutritional supplements sold under our GNC proprietary brand names, including Mega Men, Ultra Mega, WELLbeING, Pro Performance, Pro Performance AMP and Preventive Nutrition, and under nationally recognized third-party brand names. We report our sales in four major nutritional supplement categories: VMHS; sports nutrition; diet; and other wellness. We offer an extensive mix of brands and products, including over 1,800 active SKUs across multiple categories. This variety is designed to provide our customers with a vast selection of products to fit their specific needs. Sales of our proprietary brands at our company-owned stores represented approximately 56% of our net retail product revenues for 2009, 51% for 2008, and 48% for 2007.
          Consumers may purchase a GNC Gold Card in any U.S. GNC store or at www.gnc.com for $15.00. A Gold Card allows a consumer to save 20% on all store and on-line purchases on the day the card is purchased and during the first seven days of every month for a year. Gold Card members also receive personalized mailings and e-mails with product news, nutritional information, and exclusive offers.
          Products are delivered to our retail stores through our distribution centers located in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania; Anderson, South Carolina; and Phoenix, Arizona. Our distribution centers support our company-owned stores as well as franchised stores and Rite Aid locations. Our distribution fleet delivers our finished goods and third-party products through our distribution centers to our company-owned and domestic franchised stores on a weekly or biweekly basis depending on the sales volume of the store. Each of our distribution centers has a quality control department that monitors products received from our vendors to ensure they meet our quality standards.
          Based on data collected from our point-of-sale systems, excluding certain required accounting adjustments of $5.7 million for 2009, $4.7 million for 2008, $5.0 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $(0.6) million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, below is a comparison of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales by major product category and the percentages of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales for the periods shown:
                                                 
    Successor     Combined  
    Year ended December 31,                  
U.S Retail Product Categories:   2009     2008     2007  
                    (dollars in millions)                  
VMHS Products
  $ 496.4       42.7 %   $ 465.2       41.3 %   $ 441.2       40.7 %
Sports Nutrition Products
    443.4       38.2 %     410.1       36.4 %     387.0       35.7 %
Diet Products
    128.0       11.0 %     148.2       13.2 %     156.7       14.6 %
Other Wellness Products
    94.3       8.1 %     102.0       9.1 %     98.0       9.0 %
             
Total U.S. Retail revenues
  $ 1,162.1       100.0 %   $ 1,125.5       100.0 %   $ 1,082.9       100.0 %
             
          The data above represents the majority of the revenue reported for the domestic portion of our retail segment. In addition to these sales, additional revenue and revenue adjustments are recorded to ensure conformity with GAAP. This includes wholesale sales revenue (to our military commissary locations), deferral of our Gold Card revenue to match the twelve month discount period of the card, and a reserve for customer returns. These items are recurring in nature, and we expect to record similar adjustments in the future.
     VMHS
          We sell vitamins and minerals in single vitamin and multi-vitamin form and in different potency levels. Our vitamin and mineral products are available in liquid, tablets, soft gelatin, and hard-shell capsules and powder forms, and are available in traditional bottle packaging form or in customized daily packet form (“Vitapak”). Many of our special vitamin and mineral formulations, such as Mega Men, Ultra Mega and WELLbeING are available only at GNC locations and on www.gnc.com. In addition to our selection of VMHS products with unique formulations, we also offer the full range of standard “alphabet”

6


Table of Contents

vitamins. We sell herbal supplements in various solid dosage and soft gelatin capsules, tea, and liquid forms. We have consolidated our traditional herbal offerings under a single umbrella brand, Herbal Plus®. In addition to the Herbal Plus line, we offer a full line of whole food-based supplements and top selling herb and natural remedy products.
          We also offer a variety of specialty products in our GNC and Preventive Nutrition product lines. These products emphasize third-party research and literature regarding the positive benefits from certain ingredients. These offerings include products designed to provide nutritional support to specific areas of the body, such as joints, the heart and blood vessels, and the digestive system.
     Sports Nutrition Products
          Sports nutrition products are designed to be taken in conjunction with an exercise and fitness regimen. We typically offer a broad selection of sports nutrition products, such as protein and weight gain powders, sports drinks, sports bars, and high potency vitamin formulations, including GNC brands such as Pro Performance, Pro Performance AMP and popular third-party products.
     Diet Products
          Diet products consist of various formulas designed to supplement the diet and exercise plans of weight conscious consumers. We typically offer a variety of diet products, including pills, meal replacements, shakes, diet bars, and teas. Our retail stores offer our proprietary and third-party products suitable for different diet and weight management approaches, including low-carbohydrate diets, and products designed to increase thermogenesis (a change in the body’s metabolic rate measured in terms of calories) and metabolism.
     Other Wellness Products
          Other wellness products is a comprehensive category that consists of sales of our Gold Card preferred membership and sales of other nonsupplement products, including cosmetics, food items, health management products, books, and DVD’s.
     Product Development
          We strongly believe that introduction of innovative, high quality, clinically proven, superior performing products is a key driver to the business. Customers widely credit us as being leaders in health products and rate the availability of a wide variety of products as one of our biggest strengths. We identify shifting consumer trends through market research and through interactions with our customers and leading industry vendors to assist in the development, manufacturing and marketing of our new products. Our dedicated Innovation team independently drives the development of proprietary products by collaborating with vendors to provide raw materials and clinical and product development support for proprietary GNC branded products. We also work with our vendors to ensure a steady flow of preferred products that are made available exclusively to our channel for a period of time. During 2009, we targeted our product development efforts on specialty vitamins, women’s nutrition, sports nutrition and condition specific products, resulting in the introduction of the WELLbeING and AMP lines.
     Research and Development
          We have an internal research and development group that performs scientific research on potential new products and enhancements to existing products, in part to assist our product development team in creating new products, and in part to support claims that may be made as to the purpose and function of the product. See Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

7


Table of Contents

Business Segments
          We generate revenues from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The following chart outlines our business segments and the historical contribution to our consolidated revenues by those segments, after intercompany eliminations. For a description of operating income (loss) by business segment, our total assets by business segment, total revenues by geographic area, and total assets by geographic area, see Note 19, “Segments,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
                                                 
    Successor     Combined  
            Year ended December 31,          
    2009     2008     2007  
                    (dollars in millions)                  
Retail
  $ 1,256.3       73.6 %   $ 1,219.3       73.6 %   $ 1,168.6       75.3 %
Franchise
    264.2       15.5 %     258.0       15.6 %     241.1       15.5 %
Manufacturing/Wholesale (Third Party)
    186.5       10.9 %     179.4       10.8 %     143.1       9.2 %
             
Total
  $ 1,707.0       100.0 %   $ 1,656.7       100.0 %   $ 1,552.8       100.0 %
             
Retail
          Our Retail segment generates revenues primarily from sales of products to customers at our company-owned stores in the United States and Canada, and in the United States through our website, www.gnc.com.
     Locations
          As of December 31, 2009, we operated 2,832 company-owned stores across all 50 states and in Canada, Puerto Rico, and Washington, D.C. Most of our U.S. company-owned stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are located primarily in shopping malls and strip shopping centers. Traditional shopping mall and strip shopping center locations typically generate a large percentage of our total retail sales. With the exception of our downtown stores, virtually all of our company-owned stores follow one of two consistent formats, one for mall locations and one for strip shopping center locations. Our store graphics are periodically redesigned to better identify with our GNC customers and provide product information to allow the consumer to make educated decisions regarding product purchases and usage. Our product labeling is consistent within our product lines and the stores are designed to present a unified approach to packaging with emphasis on added information for the consumer. As an ongoing practice, we continue to reset and upgrade all of our company-owned stores to maintain a more modern and customer-friendly layout, while promoting our GNC Live Well theme.
Franchise
          Our Franchise segment is comprised of our domestic and international franchise operations. Our Franchise segment generates revenues from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales, and franchise fees.
          As a means of enhancing our operating performance and building our store base, we began opening franchised locations in 1988. As of December 31, 2009, there were 2,216 franchised stores operating, including 909 stores in the United States and 1,307 international franchised stores operating in 47 countries. Approximately 89% of our franchised stores in the United States are in strip shopping centers and are typically between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet. The international franchised stores are typically smaller and, depending upon the country and cultural preferences, are located in mall, strip center, street, or store-within-a-store locations. In addition, some international franchisees sell on the internet in their respective countries. Typically, our international stores have a store format and signage similar to our U.S. franchised stores. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer site selection, construction assistance,

8


Table of Contents

accounting services, and a three-part training program, which consists of classroom instruction and training in a company-owned location, both of which occur prior to the franchised store opening, and actual on-site training during the first week of operations of the franchised store. We believe we have good relationships with our franchisees, as evidenced by our franchisee renewal rate of 93% between 2004 and 2009. We do not rely heavily on any single franchise operator in the United States, since the largest franchisee owns and/or operates 13 store locations.
          All of our franchised stores in the United States offer both our proprietary products and third-party products, with a product selection similar to that of our company-owned stores. Our international franchised stores are offered a more limited product selection than our franchised stores in the United States with the product selection heavily weighted toward proprietary products. Products are distributed to our franchised stores in the United States through our distribution centers and transportation fleet in the same manner as our company-owned stores. Products distributed to our international franchised stores are delivered to the franchisee’s freight forwarder at the U.S. port of deportation, at which point our responsibility for the delivery of the products ends.
          Franchises in the United States
          Revenues from our franchisees in the United States accounted for approximately 68% of our total franchise revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2009, new franchisees in the United States were required to pay an initial fee of $40,000 for a franchise license. Existing GNC franchise operators may purchase an additional franchise license for a $30,000 fee. We typically offer limited financing to qualified franchisees in the United States for terms up to five years. Once a store begins operations, franchisees are required to pay us a continuing royalty of 6% of sales and contribute 3% of sales to a national advertising fund. Our standard franchise agreements for the United States are effective for a ten-year period with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the renewal fee is generally 33% of the franchisee fee that is then in effect. The franchisee renewal option is at our election for all franchise agreements executed after December 1995. Franchisees must meet certain conditions in order to exercise the franchisee renewal option. Our franchisees in the United States receive limited geographical exclusivity and are required to follow the GNC store format.
          Franchisees must meet certain minimum standards and duties prescribed by our franchise operations manual and we conduct periodic field visit reports to ensure our minimum standards are maintained. Generally, we enter into a five-year lease with one five-year renewal option with landlords for our franchised locations in the United States. This allows us to secure space at cost-effective rates, which we sublease to our franchisees at cost. By subleasing to our franchisees, we have greater control over the location and have greater bargaining power for lease negotiations than an individual franchisee typically would have. In addition, we can elect not to renew subleases for underperforming locations. If a franchisee does not meet specified performance and appearance criteria, the franchise agreement outlines the procedures under which we are permitted to terminate the franchise agreement. In these situations, we may take possession of the location, inventory, and equipment, and operate the store as a company-owned store or re-franchise the location. The offering and sale of our franchises in the United States are regulated by the FTC and various state authorities. See Item 1, “—Government Regulation—Franchise Regulation.”
          International Franchises
          Revenues from our international franchisees accounted for approximately 32% of our total franchise revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2009, new international franchisees were required to pay an initial fee of approximately $25,000 for a franchise license for each full size store and average continuing royalty fees of approximately 5% of retail sales, with fees and royalties varying depending on the country and the store type. Our franchise program has enabled us to expand into international markets with limited capital expenditures. We expanded our international presence from 746 international franchised locations at the end of 2004 to 1,307 international locations as of December 31, 2009 without incurring any capital expenditures related to

9


Table of Contents

this expansion. We typically generate less revenue from franchises outside the United States due to lower international royalty rates and the franchisees purchasing a smaller percentage of products from us compared to our domestic franchisees.
          Franchisees in international locations enter into development agreements with us for either full-size stores, a store-within-a-store at a host location, wholesale distribution center operations or internet distribution rights. The development agreement grants the franchisee the right to develop a specific number of stores in a territory, often the entire country. The international franchisee then enters into a franchise agreement for each location. The full-size store franchise agreement has an initial ten-year term with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and renewal periods, the international franchisee has the option to renew the agreement at 33% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Franchise agreements for international store-within-a-store locations have an initial term of five years, with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the international franchisee of a store-within-a-store location has the option to renew the agreement for up to a maximum of 50% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Our international franchisees often receive exclusive franchising rights to the entire country franchised, excluding U.S. military bases. Our international franchisees must meet minimum standards and duties similar to our U.S. franchisees. Our international franchise agreements and international operations may be regulated by various country, local and international laws. See Item 1, “—Government Regulation—Franchise Regulation.”
Manufacturing/Wholesale
          Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment is comprised of our manufacturing operations in South Carolina and our wholesale sales business. This segment supplies our Retail and Franchise segments as well as various third parties with finished products. Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment generates revenues through sales of manufactured products to third parties, and the sale of our proprietary and third-party brand products to Rite Aid and www.drugstore.com. Our wholesale operations, including our Rite Aid and www.drugstore.com wholesale operations, are supported primarily by our Anderson, South Carolina distribution center.
          Manufacturing
          Our technologically sophisticated manufacturing and warehousing facilities support our Retail and Franchise segments and enable us to control the production and distribution of our proprietary products, better control costs, protect product quality, monitor delivery times, and maintain appropriate inventory levels. We operate two manufacturing facilities, one in Greenville, South Carolina and one in Anderson, South Carolina. We utilize our plants primarily for the production of proprietary products. Our manufacturing operations are designed to allow low-cost production of a variety of products of different quantities, sizes, and packaging configurations while maintaining strict levels of quality control. Our manufacturing procedures are designed to promote consistency and quality in our finished goods. We conduct sample testing on raw materials and finished products, including weight, purity, and micro-bacterial testing. Our manufacturing facilities also service our wholesale operations, including the manufacture and supply of Rite Aid private label products for distribution to Rite Aid locations. We use our available capacity at these facilities to produce products for sale to third-party customers.
          The principal raw materials used in the manufacturing process are natural and synthetic vitamins, herbs, minerals, and gelatin. We maintain multiple sources for the majority of our raw materials, with the remaining being single-sourced due to the uniqueness of the material. During 2009, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. Our distribution fleet delivers raw materials and components to our manufacturing facilities and also delivers our finished goods and third-party products to our distribution centers.

10


Table of Contents

          Wholesale
                    Franchised Store-Within-a-Store Locations
          To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance with Rite Aid to open GNC franchised store-within-a-store locations. As of December 31, 2009, we had 1,869 store-within-a-store locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacture of Rite Aid private label products, retail sales of certain consigned inventory and license fees. We are Rite Aid’s sole supplier for the PharmAssure vitamin brand and a number of Rite Aid private label supplements. In 2007, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through 2014 with a five year option. At December 31, 2009, Rite Aid had opened 698 of an additional 1,125 stores that Rite Aid has committed to open by December 31, 2014.
                    Distribution Agreement with drugstore.com
          We are in the process of negotiating a three-year extension to our current internet distribution agreement with drugstore.com, inc. which was renewed through June 2010. Through this strategic alliance, www.drugstore.com was the exclusive internet retailer of our proprietary products, the PharmAssure vitamin brand, and certain other nutritional supplements until June 2005, when this exclusive relationship terminated. This continued alliance allows us to access a larger base of customers, who may not otherwise live close to, or have the time to visit, a GNC store and provides an internet distribution channel in addition to www.gnc.com. We generate revenues from the distribution agreement with drugstore.com, inc. through sales of third-party products on a wholesale basis and through retail sales of our proprietary products on a consignment basis.
Employees
          As of December 31, 2009, we had a total of 5,271 full-time and 7,522 part-time employees, of whom approximately 10,166 were employed in the domestic portion of our Retail segment; 40 were employed in our Franchise segment; 1,371 were employed in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment; 507 were employed in corporate support functions; and 709 were employed in Canada. None of our employees belongs to a union or is a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
          The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is a large, highly fragmented, and growing industry, with no single industry participant accounting for a majority of total industry retail sales. Competition is based primarily on price, quality, and assortment of products, customer service, marketing support, and availability of new products. In addition, the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products.
          We compete with publicly owned and privately owned companies, which are highly fragmented in terms of geographical market coverage and product categories. We compete with other specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, mail-order companies, other internet sites, and a variety of other smaller participants. We believe that the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the United States, many of our competitors have heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies and other retailers. Most supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants have narrow product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins and herbs and popular third-party diet products. Our international competitors also include large international pharmacy chains and major international supermarket chains as well as other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations also compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements.

11


Table of Contents

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
          We believe trademark protection is particularly important to the maintenance of the recognized brand names under which we market our products. We own or have rights to material trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products, including the GNC brand name. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations, and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including trademark, patent, and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with vendors, employees, consultants, and others who have access to our proprietary information. Protection of our intellectual property often affords us the opportunity to enhance our position in the marketplace by precluding our competitors from using or otherwise exploiting our technology and brands. We are also a party to several intellectual property license agreements relating to certain of our products. For example, we are a party to license agreements entered into in connection with the Numico acquisition pursuant to which we license certain patent rights to Numico and Numico licenses to us specific patent rights and proprietary information. These license agreements generally continue until the expiration of the licensed patent, if applicable, or we elect to terminate the agreement, or upon the mutual consent of the parties. The patents we own generally have a term of 20 years from their filing date, although none of our owned or licensed patents are currently associated with a material portion of our business. The duration of our trademark registrations is generally 10, 15, or 20 years, depending on the country in which the marks are registered, and the registrations can be renewed by us. The scope and duration of our intellectual property protection varies throughout the world by jurisdiction and by individual product.
Insurance and Risk Management
          We purchase insurance to cover standard risks in the nutritional supplements industry, including policies to cover general products liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability, and other casualty and property risks. Our insurance rates are dependent upon our safety record as well as trends in the insurance industry. We also maintain workers’ compensation insurance and auto insurance policies that are retrospective in that the cost per year will vary depending on the frequency and severity of claims in the policy year. We currently maintain product liability insurance and general liability insurance.
          We face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that, among other things, the use of products sold by GNC results in injury. With respect to product liability coverage, we carry insurance coverage typical of our industry and product lines. Our coverage involves self-insured retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the retention amount. We have the ability to refer claims to most of our vendors and their insurers to pay the costs associated with any claims arising from such vendors’ products. In many cases, our insurance covers such claims that are not adequately covered by a vendor’s insurance and provides for excess secondary coverage above the limits provided by our product vendors.
          We self-insure certain property and casualty risks based on our analysis of the risk, the frequency and severity of a loss, and the cost of insurance for the risk. We believe that the amount of self-insurance is not significant and will not have an adverse impact on our performance. In addition, we may from time to time self-insure liability with respect to specific ingredients in products that we may sell.

12


Table of Contents

Government Regulation
     Product Regulation
          Domestic
          The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of our products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), the FDA regulates the formulation, safety, manufacture, packaging, labeling, and distribution of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, and herbs), and over-the-counter drugs. The FTC has jurisdiction to regulate the advertising of these products.
          The FDCA has been amended several times with respect to dietary supplements. The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 (“DSHEA”) established a new framework governing the composition, safety, labeling and marketing of dietary supplements. “Dietary supplements” are defined as vitamins, minerals, herbs, other botanicals, amino acids, and other dietary substances for human use to supplement the diet, as well as concentrates, metabolites, constituents, extracts, or combinations of such dietary ingredients. Generally, under DSHEA, dietary ingredients that were marketed in the United States prior to October 15, 1994 may be used in dietary supplements without notifying the FDA. “New” dietary ingredients (i.e., dietary ingredients that were “not marketed in the United States before October 15, 1994”) must be the subject of a new dietary ingredient notification submitted to the FDA unless the ingredient has been “present in the food supply as an article used for food” without being “chemically altered.” A new dietary ingredient notification must provide the FDA evidence of a “history of use or other evidence of safety” establishing that use of the dietary ingredient “will reasonably be expected to be safe.” A new dietary ingredient notification must be submitted to the FDA at least 75 days before the initial marketing of the new dietary ingredient. The FDA may determine that a new dietary ingredient notification does not provide an adequate basis to conclude that a dietary ingredient is reasonably expected to be safe. Such a determination could prevent the marketing of such dietary ingredient. The FDA has announced that it plans to issue a guidance governing notification of new dietary ingredients. While it is not mandatory to comply with FDA guidance, it is a strong indication of the FDA’s current views on the topic of the guidance, including its position on enforcement. Depending upon the recommendations made in the guidance, particularly those relating to animal or human testing, such guidance could make it more difficult for us to successfully provide notification of new dietary ingredients.
          The FDA issued a consumer warning in 1996, followed by proposed regulations in 1997, covering dietary supplements that contain ephedrine alkaloids, which are obtained from the botanical species ephedra and are commonly referred to as ephedra. In February 2003, the Department of Health and Human Services announced a series of actions that the Department of Health and Human Services and the FDA planned to execute with respect to products containing ephedra, including the solicitation of evidence regarding the significant or unreasonable risk of illness or injury from dietary supplements containing ephedra and the immediate execution of a series of actions against ephedra products making unsubstantiated claims about sports performance enhancement. In addition, many states proposed regulations and three states enacted laws restricting the promotion and distribution of ephedra-containing dietary supplements. The botanical ingredient ephedra was formerly used in several third-party and private label dietary supplement products. In January 2003, we began focusing our diet category on products that would replace ephedra products. In early 2003, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling products containing ephedra that were manufactured by GNC or one of our affiliates. Subsequently, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling any products containing ephedra by June 30, 2003. Sales of products containing ephedra amounted to approximately $35.2 million or 3.3% of our retail sales in 2003 and $182.9 million, or 17.1% of our retail sales in 2002. In February 2004, the FDA issued a final regulation declaring dietary supplements containing ephedra illegal under the FDCA because they present an unreasonable risk of illness or injury under the conditions of use recommended

13


Table of Contents

or suggested in labeling, or if no conditions of use are suggested or recommended in labeling, under ordinary conditions of use. The rule took effect April 12, 2004 and banned the sale of dietary supplement products containing ephedra. Similarly, the FDA issued a consumer advisory in 2002 with respect to dietary supplements that contain the ingredient Kava Kava, and the FDA is currently investigating adverse effects associated with ingestion of this ingredient. One of our then existing subsidiaries, Nutra Manufacturing, Inc., manufactured products containing Kava Kava from December 1995 until August 2002. All stores were instructed to stop selling products containing Kava Kava in December 2002. The FDA could take similar actions against other products or product ingredients that in its determination present an unreasonable health risk to consumers.
          DSHEA permits “statements of nutritional support” to be included in labeling for dietary supplements without FDA pre-market approval. Such statements must be submitted to the FDA within 30 days of marketing, and dietary supplements bearing such claims must include the following label disclosure: “This statement has not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.” Such statements may describe how a particular dietary ingredient affects the structure, function, or general well-being of the body, or the mechanism of action by which a dietary ingredient may affect body structure, function, or well-being, but may not expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary supplement will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat, or prevent a disease. A company that uses a statement of nutritional support in labeling must possess scientific evidence substantiating that the statement is truthful and not misleading. If the FDA determines that a particular statement of nutritional support is an unacceptable drug claim or an unauthorized version of a “health claim,” or, if the FDA determines that a particular claim is not adequately supported by existing scientific data or is false or misleading, we would be prevented from using the claim.
          In addition, DSHEA provides that so-called “third-party literature,” e.g., a reprint of a peer-reviewed scientific publication linking a particular dietary ingredient with health benefits, may be used “in connection with the sale of a dietary supplement to consumers” without the literature being subject to regulation as labeling. The literature: (1) must not be false or misleading; (2) may not “promote” a particular manufacturer or brand of dietary supplement; (3) must present a balanced view of the available scientific information on the subject matter; (4) if displayed in an establishment, must be physically separate from the dietary supplements; and (5) should not have appended to it any information by sticker or any other method. If the literature fails to satisfy each of these requirements, we may be prevented from disseminating such literature with our products, and any dissemination could subject our product to regulatory action as an illegal drug.
          On June 22, 2007, the FDA issued a final rule establishing regulations to require good manufacturing practices (“GMPs”) for dietary supplements. The regulations establish the GMPs to ensure quality throughout the manufacturing, packaging, labeling, and storing of dietary supplements. The final rule includes requirements for establishing quality control procedures, designing and constructing manufacturing plants, testing ingredients and the finished product, recordkeeping, and handling consumer product complaints. As a companion document, the FDA also issued an interim final rule that outlines a petition process for manufacturers to request an exemption to the GMPs requirements for 100 percent identity testing of specific dietary ingredients used in the processing of dietary supplements. Under the interim final rule, the manufacturer may be exempted from the dietary ingredient identity testing requirement if it can provide sufficient documentation that the reduced frequency of testing requested would still ensure the identity of the dietary ingredient. Companies with more than 500 employees had until June 2008 to comply with the new regulations, companies with less than 500 employees had until June 2009 to comply, and companies with fewer than 20 employees have until June 2010 to comply. Our third-party suppliers or vendors who are not already compliant may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring substantial additional expenses. In addition, if our third-party suppliers or vendors are not able to timely comply with the new rules, we may experience increased costs or delays in obtaining certain raw materials and third-party products.

14


Table of Contents

          In December 2006, Congress passed the Dietary Supplement and Nonprescription Consumer Protection Act (S3546) (the “Act”). The Act, which became effective in December 2007, mandates reporting of “serious adverse events” associated with dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs to FDA by a manufacturer, packer, or distributor whose name appears on the label of the product. Records must be maintained of all adverse events for six years after receipt. The Act also makes it illegal to submit a false report to the FDA.
          The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA applicable to dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning or notice of violation letter to a company, publicize information about illegal products, detain products intended for import, request a recall of illegal products from the market, and request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action, or a criminal prosecution in the U.S. courts. The regulation of dietary supplements may increase or become more restrictive in the future.
          Legislation may be introduced which, if passed, would impose substantial new regulatory requirements on dietary supplements. Although not yet reintroduced in this session of Congress, bills have been repeatedly proposed in past sessions of Congress which would subject the dietary ingredient dehydroepiandrosterone (“DHEA”) to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act, which would prevent our ability to sell products containing DHEA. In October 2004, legislation was passed subjecting specified substances formerly used in some dietary supplements, such as androstenedione or “andro,” to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act. Under the 2004 law, these substances can no longer be sold as dietary supplements. Also, in March 2009, the General Accounting Office (the “GAO”) issued a report that made four recommendations to enhance the FDA’s oversight of dietary supplements. The GAO recommended that the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services direct the Commissioner of the FDA to: (1) request authority to require dietary supplement companies to identify themselves as a dietary supplement company as part of the existing registration requirements and update this information annually, provide a list of all dietary supplement products they sell and a copy of the labels and update this information annually, and report all adverse events related to dietary supplements; (2) issue guidance to clarify when an ingredient is considered a new dietary ingredient, the evidence needed to document the safety of new dietary ingredients, and appropriate methods for establishing ingredient identity; (3) provide guidance to industry to clarify when products should be marketed as either dietary supplements or conventional foods formulated with added dietary ingredients; and (4) coordinate with stakeholder groups involved in consumer outreach to identify additional mechanisms for educating consumers about the safety, efficacy, and labeling of dietary supplements, implement these mechanisms, and assess their effectiveness. These recommendations could lead to increased regulation by the FDA or future legislation concerning dietary supplements.
          The Dietary Supplement Safety Act (S 3002) was introduced in February 2010. The bill would repeal a provision of DSHEA that permits the sale of all dietary ingredients sold in dietary supplements marketed in the United States prior to October 15, 1994, and instead permit the sale of only those dietary ingredients included on a list of Accepted Dietary Ingredients to be issued and maintained by the FDA. The bill also would allow the FDA to: impose a fine of twice the gross profits earned by a distributor on sales of any dietary supplement found to violate the law; require a distributor to submit a yearly report on all non-serious Adverse Event Reports (“AERs”) received during the year to the FDA; and allow the FDA to recall any dietary supplement it determines with “a reasonable probability” would cause serious adverse health consequences or is adulterated or misbranded. The bill also would require any dietary supplement distributor to register with the FDA and submit a list of the ingredients in and copies of the labels of its dietary supplements to the FDA and thereafter update such disclosures yearly and submit any new dietary supplement product labels to the FDA before marketing any dietary supplement product. If this bill becomes law, it could severely restrict the number of dietary supplements available for sale and increase our costs and potential penalties associated with selling dietary supplements.
          The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. We continue to be subject to three consent orders issued by the FTC. In 1984, the FTC instituted an investigation of General Nutrition, Incorporated,

15


Table of Contents

one of our then existing subsidiaries, alleging deceptive acts and practices in connection with the advertising and marketing of certain of its products. General Nutrition, Incorporated accepted a proposed consent order which was finalized in 1989, under which it agreed to refrain from, among other things, making certain claims with respect to certain of its products unless the claims are based on and substantiated by reliable and competent scientific evidence, and paid an aggregate of $0.6 million to the American Diabetes Association, Inc., the American Cancer Society, Inc., and the American Heart Association for the support of research in the fields of nutrition, obesity, or physical fitness. We also entered into a consent order in 1970 with the FTC, which generally addressed “iron deficiency anemia” type products. As a result of routine monitoring by the FTC, disputes arose concerning its compliance with these orders and with regard to advertising for certain hair care products. While we believe that General Nutrition, Incorporated, at all times, operated in material compliance with the orders, it entered into a settlement in 1994 with the FTC to avoid protracted litigation. As a part of this settlement, General Nutrition, Incorporated entered into a consent decree and paid, without admitting liability, a civil penalty in the amount of $2.4 million and agreed to adhere to the terms of the 1970 and 1989 consent orders and to abide by the provisions of the settlement document concerning hair care products. We do not believe that future compliance with the outstanding consent decrees will materially affect our business operations. In 2000, the FTC amended the 1970 order to clarify language in it that was believed to be ambiguous and outmoded.
          The FTC continues to monitor our advertising and, from time to time, requests substantiation with respect to such advertising to assess compliance with the various outstanding consent decrees and with the Federal Trade Commission Act. Our policy is to use advertising that complies with the consent decrees and applicable regulations. We review all products brought into our distribution centers to assure that such products and their labels comply with the consent decrees. We also review the use of third-party point of purchase materials such as store signs and promotional brochures. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that inadvertent failures to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations will not occur. Some of the products sold by franchised stores are purchased by franchisees directly from other vendors and these products do not flow through our distribution centers. Although franchise contracts contain strict requirements for store operations, including compliance with federal, state, and local laws and regulations, we cannot exercise the same degree of control over franchisees as we do over our company-owned stores. As a result of our efforts to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, we have from time to time reformulated, eliminated, or relabeled certain of our products and revised certain provisions of our sales and marketing program. We believe we are in material compliance with the various consent decrees and with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations concerning our products and marketing program. Compliance with the provisions of national, state, and local environmental laws and regulations has not had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings, financial position, liquidity, or competitive position.
          Foreign
          Our products sold in foreign countries are also subject to regulation under various national, local, and international laws that include provisions governing, among other things, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs. Government regulations in foreign countries may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of certain of our products.
     New Legislation or Regulation
          We cannot determine what effect additional domestic or international governmental legislation, regulations, or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business in the future. New legislation or regulations may require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, require the recall or discontinuance of certain products not capable of reformulation, impose additional record keeping, or require expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling, or scientific substantiation.

16


Table of Contents

     Franchise Regulation
          We must comply with regulations adopted by the FTC and with several state laws that regulate the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC’s Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and certain state laws require that we furnish prospective franchisees with a franchise offering circular containing information prescribed by the Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and applicable state laws and regulations.
          We also must comply with a number of state laws that regulate some substantive aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship. These laws may limit a franchisor’s business practices in a number of ways, including limiting the ability to:
    terminate or not renew a franchise without good cause;
 
    interfere with the right of free association among franchisees;
 
    disapprove the transfer of a franchise;
 
    discriminate among franchisees with regard to franchise terms and charges, royalties, and other fees; and
 
    place new stores near existing franchises.
          To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations. Bills intended to regulate certain aspects of franchise relationships have been introduced into Congress on several occasions during the last decade, but none have been enacted. Revisions to the FTC rule have also been proposed by the FTC and currently are in the comment stage of the rulemaking process.
          Our international franchise agreements and franchise operations are regulated by various foreign laws, rules, and regulations. To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations.
     Environmental Compliance
          In March 2008, the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control (“DHEC”) requested that we investigate our South Carolina facility for a possible source or sources of contamination detected on an adjoining property. We have commenced the investigation at the facility as requested by DHEC. After several phases of the investigation the possible source or sources of contamination have not been sufficiently identified. We are continuing such investigation. The proceedings in this matter have not yet progressed to a stage where it is possible to estimate the timing and extent of any remedial action that may be required, the ultimate cost of remediation, or the amount of our potential liability.

17


Table of Contents

          In addition to the foregoing, we are subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing our operations, including the handling, transportation, and disposal of our non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from our operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water, and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties, or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in our processes could also cause us to incur additional capital and operation expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes that were sent in connection with current or former operations at our facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect our ability to sell or lease our properties, or to use them as collateral for financing. From time to time, we have incurred costs and obligations for correcting environmental and health and safety noncompliance matters and for remediation at or relating to certain of our properties or properties at which our waste has been disposed. We believe we have complied with, and are currently complying with, our environmental obligations pursuant to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and that any liabilities for noncompliance will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial performance. However, it is difficult to predict future liabilities and obligations, which could be material.

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
          The following risk factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ significantly from the goals, plans, objectives, intentions and expectations expressed in this report. If any of the following risks and uncertainties or other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or not currently considered to be material actually occur, our business, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed substantially.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
General economic conditions, including a prolonged weakness in the economy, may affect consumer purchases, which could adversely affect our sales and the sales of our business partners.
          Our results, and those of our business partners to whom we sell, are dependent on a number of factors impacting consumer spending, including general economic and business conditions; consumer confidence; wages and employment levels; the housing market; consumer debt levels; availability of consumer credit; credit and interest rates; fuel and energy costs; energy shortages; taxes; general political conditions, both domestic and abroad; and the level of customer traffic within department stores, malls and other shopping and selling environments. Consumer product purchases, including purchases of our products, may decline during recessionary periods. A prolonged downturn or an uncertain outlook in the economy may materially adversely affect our business and our revenues and profits.
We operate in a highly competitive industry. Our failure to compete effectively could adversely affect our market share, revenues, and growth prospects.
          The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is large and highly fragmented. Participants include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, on-line merchants, mail-order companies and a variety of other smaller participants. We believe that the market is also highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the United States, we also compete for sales with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies, as well as other retailers. In addition, as some products become more mainstream, we experience increased price competition for those products as more participants enter the market. For example, when the trend in favor of low-carbohydrate products developed, we experienced increased competition for our diet products from supermarkets, drug stores, mass merchants and other food companies, which adversely affected sales of our diet products. Our international competitors include large international pharmacy chains, major international supermarket chains, and other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements. We may not be able to compete effectively and our attempt to do so may require us to reduce our prices, which may result in lower margins. Failure to effectively compete could adversely affect our market share, revenues, and growth prospects.
Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could cause fluctuations in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products, and our ability to generate revenues.
          We are highly dependent upon consumer perception of the safety and quality of our products, as well as similar products distributed by other companies. Consumer perception of products can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention, and other publicity about product use. A product may be received favorably, resulting in high sales associated with that product that may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to our industry or any of our particular products and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. A future research report or publicity that is perceived by our consumers as less favorable or that questions earlier

19


Table of Contents

research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenues. For example, sales of some of our VMHS products, such as St. John’s Wort, Sam-e, and Melatonin, and more recently sales of Vitamin E, were initially strong, but we believe decreased substantially as a result of negative publicity. As a result of the above factors, our operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Period-to-period comparisons of our results should not be relied upon as a measure of our future performance. Adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research or otherwise, whether or not accurate, that associates consumption of our products or any other similar products with illness or other adverse effects, that questions the benefits of our or similar products, or that claims that such products are ineffective could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products, and our ability to generate revenues.
Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products could significantly harm our customer relationships and product sales.
          Our business is particularly subject to changing consumer trends and preferences, especially with respect to our diet products. For example, the recent trend in favor of low-carbohydrate diets was not as dependent on diet products as many other dietary programs, which caused and may continue to cause a significant reduction in sales in our diet category. Our continued success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not be able to respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to these changes. If we are unable to do so, our customer relationships and product sales could be harmed significantly.
          Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of our stores as a source for the latest products. This could harm our customer relationships and cause losses to our market share. The success of our new product offerings depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:
    accurately anticipate customer needs;
 
    innovate and develop new products;
 
    successfully commercialize new products in a timely manner;
 
    price our products competitively;
 
    manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and
 
    differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.
          If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could become obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating results.
We depend on the services of key executives and changes in our management team could affect our business strategy and adversely impact our performance and results of operations.
          Some of our senior executives are important to our success because they have been instrumental in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying opportunities and arranging necessary financing. Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement could be found. We believe that they could not quickly be replaced with executives of equal experience and capabilities. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our executives.

20


Table of Contents

Compliance with new and existing governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.
          The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of our products are subject to federal laws and regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various state, local, and international laws and agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Government regulations may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of our products, which could result in lost revenues and increased costs to us. For instance, the FDA regulates, among other things, the composition, safety, labeling, and marketing of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other dietary ingredients for human use). The FDA may not accept the evidence of safety for any new dietary ingredient that we may wish to market, may determine that a particular dietary supplement or ingredient presents an unacceptable health risk, and may determine that a particular claim or statement of nutritional value that we use to support the marketing of a dietary supplement is an impermissible drug claim, is not substantiated, or is an unauthorized version of a “health claim.” See Item 1, “Business — Government Regulation — Product Regulation” for additional information. Any of these actions could prevent us from marketing particular dietary supplement products or making certain claims or statements of nutritional support for them. The FDA could also require us to remove a particular product from the market. Any future recall or removal would result in additional costs to us, including lost revenues from any additional products that we are required to remove from the market, any of which could be material. Any product recalls or removals could also lead to liability, substantial costs, and reduced growth prospects.
          Additional or more stringent regulations of dietary supplements and other products have been considered from time to time. These developments could require reformulation of some products to meet new standards, recalls or discontinuance of some products not able to be reformulated, additional record-keeping requirements, increased documentation of the properties of some products, additional or different labeling, additional scientific substantiation, adverse event reporting, or other new requirements. Any of these developments could increase our costs significantly. For example, the Dietary Supplement and Nonprescription Drug Consumer Protection Act (S3546) which was passed by Congress in December 2006, imposes significant new regulatory requirements on dietary supplements including reporting of “serious adverse events” to FDA and recordkeeping requirements. This legislation could raise our costs and negatively impact our business. In June 2007, the FDA adopted final regulations on GMPs in manufacturing, packaging, or holding dietary ingredients and dietary supplements, which apply to the products we manufacture. These regulations require dietary supplements to be prepared, packaged, and held in compliance with certain rules. These new regulations could raise our costs and negatively impact our business. Additionally, our third-party suppliers or vendors may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring substantial expenses. If our third-party suppliers or vendors are not able to timely comply with the new rules, we may experience increased cost or delays in obtaining certain raw materials and third-party products. Also, the FDA has announced that it plans to publish a guidance governing the notification of new dietary ingredients. Although FDA guidance is not mandatory, it is a strong indication of the FDA’s current views on the topic discussed in the guidance, including its position on enforcement. Depending on its recommendations, particularly those relating to animal or human testing, such guidance could also raise our costs and negatively impact our business. We may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring additional expenses, which could be significant. For example, the Dietary Supplement Safety Act (S3002) was introduced in February 2010 and contains many restrictive provisions on the sale of dietary supplements, including, but not limited to, provisions that limit the dietary ingredients acceptable for use in dietary supplements, increased fines for violations of DSHEA, and increased registration and reporting requirements with the FDA. If enacted, this bill could severely restrict the number of dietary supplements available for sale and increase our costs and potential penalties associated with selling dietary supplements.

21


Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with FTC regulations and existing consent decrees imposed on us by the FTC could result in substantial monetary penalties and could adversely affect our operating results.
          The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies, including us, for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. As a result of these enforcement actions, we are currently subject to three consent decrees that limit our ability to make certain claims with respect to our products and required us in the past to pay civil penalties and other amounts in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million. See Item 1, “Business — Government Regulation — Product Regulation” for more information. Failure by us or our franchisees to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations could occur from time to time. Violations of these orders could result in substantial monetary penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues, and operating income.
          As a retailer, distributor, and manufacturer of products designed for human consumption, we are subject to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury. Our products consist of vitamins, minerals, herbs and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. In addition, third-party manufacturers produce many of the products we sell. As a distributor of products manufactured by third parties, we may also be liable for various product liability claims for products we do not manufacture. Although our purchase agreements with our third party vendors typically require the vendor to indemnify us to the extent of any such claims, any such indemnification is limited by its terms. Moreover, as a practical matter, any such indemnification is dependent on the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. To the extent we are unable to obtain full recovery from the insurer or any third party in respect of any claims against us in connection with products manufactured by such party, we could seek recovery directly from such party.
          We have been and may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that our products include inadequate instructions for use or inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects and interactions with other substances. For example, as of January 25, 2010, we have been named as a defendant in twenty pending cases involving the sale of Hydroxycut diet products, including six putative class action cases and eight personal injury cases. See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.” Any product liability claim against us could result in increased costs and could adversely affect our reputation with our customers, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and operating income.
Compliance with the Iovate Hydroxycut recall has reduced our sales and margin and may adversely affect our results of operations.
          In May 2009, the FDA warned consumers to stop using Hydroxycut diet products, which are produced by Iovate Health Sciences, Inc. (“Iovate”), which were sold in our stores. Iovate issued a voluntary recall, with which we fully complied. Sales of the recalled Hydroxycut products amounted to approximately $57.8 million, or 4.7% of our retail sales in 2008, and $18.8 million, or 4.2% of our retail sales in the first four months of 2009. We provided refunds or gift cards to consumers who returned these products to our stores. In the second quarter we experienced a reduction in sales and margin due to this recall as a result of accepting returns of products from customers and a loss of sales as a replacement product was not available. Through December 31, 2009, we had refunded approximately $3.5 million to our retail customers and approximately $1.6 million to our wholesale customers for Hydroxycut product returns. A significant majority of the retail refunds occurred in our second quarter; the wholesale refunds were recognized in the early part of the third quarter. At the end of June, Iovate launched new reformulated

22


Table of Contents

Hydroxycut products that we began to sell in our stores. Although sales in the second half of 2009 of the new reformulated Hydroxycut trailed pre-recall levels, strong sales in our core sports, vitamins and herbs, along with other new third party diet products, helped to mitigate the Hydroxycut sales decline.
Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations that may increase our cost of operations or expose us to environmental liabilities.
          Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, and some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and limit pollution of the environment. We could incur significant costs as a result of violations of, or liabilities under, environmental laws and regulations, or to maintain compliance with such environmental laws, regulations, or permit requirements.
Because we rely on our manufacturing operations to produce nearly all of the proprietary products we sell, disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications could adversely affect our sales and customer relationships.
          Our manufacturing operations produced approximately 35% and 34% of the products we sold for years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Other than powders and liquids, nearly all of our proprietary products are produced in our manufacturing facility located in Greenville, South Carolina. During 2009, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. In the event any of our third-party suppliers or vendors becomes unable or unwilling to continue to provide raw materials in the required volumes and quality levels or in a timely manner, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement supply sources. If we are unable to obtain alternative supply sources, our business could be adversely affected. Any significant disruption in our operations at our Greenville, South Carolina facility for any reason, including regulatory requirements and loss of certifications, power interruptions, fires, hurricanes, war or other force of nature, could disrupt our supply of products, adversely affecting our sales and customer relationships.
If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt trade names that dilute the value of our brand name.
          We have invested significant resources to promote our GNC brand name in order to obtain the public recognition that we have today. However, we may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademark in each jurisdiction in which we do business. In addition, because of the differences in foreign trademark laws concerning proprietary rights, our trademark may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as it does in the United States. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademark against competitors or against challenges by others. For example, a third party is currently challenging our right to register in the United States certain marks that incorporate our “GNC Live Well” trademark. This third party initiated proceedings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to cancel four registrations for our “GNC Live Well” mark. Subsequently, we permitted three of these registrations to lapse. Other third parties are also challenging our “GNC Live Well” trademark in foreign jurisdictions. Our failure to successfully protect our trademark could diminish the value and effectiveness of our past and future marketing efforts and could cause customer confusion. This could in turn adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
Intellectual property litigation and infringement claims against us could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling, or using some aspect of our products, which could adversely affect our revenues and market share.
          We are currently and may in the future be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using some aspect of our products. Claims of intellectual property infringement also may require us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. However, we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Claims that our technology or

23


Table of Contents

products infringe on intellectual property rights could be costly and would divert the attention of management and key personnel, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
A substantial amount of our revenues are generated from our franchisees, and our revenues could decrease significantly if our franchisees do not conduct their operations profitably or if we fail to attract new franchisees.
          As of both December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, approximately 32% of our retail locations were operated by franchisees. Our franchise operations generated approximately 15.5% and 15.6% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our revenues from franchised stores depend on the franchisees’ ability to operate their stores profitably and adhere to our franchise standards. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, a net 45 domestic franchise stores were closed. The closing of franchised stores or the failure of franchisees to comply with our policies could adversely affect our reputation and could reduce the amount of our franchise revenues. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating income.
          If we are unable to attract new franchisees or to convince existing franchisees to open additional stores, any growth in royalties from franchised stores will depend solely upon increases in revenues at existing franchised stores, which could be minimal. In addition, our ability to open additional franchised locations is limited by the territorial restrictions in our existing franchise agreements as well as our ability to identify additional markets in the United States and other countries that are not currently saturated with the products we offer. If we are unable to open additional franchised locations, we will have to sustain additional growth internally by attracting new and repeat customers to our existing locations.
Our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by the financial and operational performance of Rite Aid.
          As of December 31, 2009, Rite Aid operated 1,869 GNC franchised “store-within-a-store” locations and has committed to open additional franchised “store-within-a-store” locations. Revenue from sales to Rite Aid (including license fee revenue for new store openings) represented approximately 3.3% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. Any liquidity and operational issues that Rite Aid may experience could impair its ability to fulfill its obligations and commitments to us, which would adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Economic, political, and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our revenues and international growth prospects.
          As of December 31, 2009, we had 167 company-owned Canadian stores and 1,307 international franchised stores in 47 countries. We derived 10.2% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 10.1% of our revenues for 2008 from our international operations. As part of our business strategy, we intend to expand our international franchise presence. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent to operating in foreign countries, and any expansion of our international operations will increase the effects of these risks. These risks include, among others:
    political and economic instability of foreign markets;
 
    foreign governments’ restrictive trade policies;
 
    inconsistent product regulation or sudden policy changes by foreign agencies or governments;
 
    the imposition of, or increase in, duties, taxes, government royalties, or non-tariff trade barriers;
 
    difficulty in collecting international accounts receivable and potentially longer payment cycles;
 
    increased costs in maintaining international franchise and marketing efforts;

24


Table of Contents

    difficulty in operating our manufacturing facility abroad and procuring supplies from overseas suppliers;
 
    exchange controls;
 
    problems entering international markets with different cultural bases and consumer preferences; and
 
    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
          Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our international operations and our growth strategy.
Franchise regulations could limit our ability to terminate or replace under-performing franchises, which could adversely impact franchise revenues.
          Our franchise activities are subject to federal, state, and international laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises and the governance of our franchise relationships. These laws impose registration, extensive disclosure requirements, and bonding requirements on the offer and sale of franchises. In some jurisdictions, the laws relating to the governance of our franchise relationship impose fair dealing standards during the term of the franchise relationship and limitations on our ability to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise. We may, therefore, be required to retain an under-performing franchise and may be unable to replace the franchisee, which could adversely impact franchise revenues. In addition, we cannot predict the nature and effect of any future legislation or regulation on our franchise operations.
We are not insured for a significant portion of our claims exposure, which could materially and adversely affect our operating income and profitability.
          We have procured insurance independently for the following areas: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; (5) workers’ compensation insurance; and (6) various other areas. We are self-insured for other areas, including: (1) medical benefits; (2) workers’ compensation coverage in New York, with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to our tractors, trailers, and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at company-owned stores. We are not insured for some property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance, and the overall risk analysis. In addition, we carry product liability insurance coverage that requires us to pay deductibles/retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the deductible/retention amount. Because of our deductibles and self-insured retention amounts, we have significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase in the future. Alternatively, we could raise our deductibles/retentions, which would increase our already significant exposure to expense from claims. If any claim exceeds our coverage, we would bear the excess expense, in addition to our other self-insured amounts. If the frequency or severity of claims or our expenses increase, our operating income and profitability could be materially adversely affected. See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”

25


Table of Contents

The controlling stockholders of our Parent may take actions that conflict with the interests of other stockholders and investors. This control may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management.
          An affiliate of Ares and OTPP, and certain of our directors and members of our management indirectly beneficially own substantially all of the outstanding equity of our Parent and, as a result, have the indirect power to elect our directors, to appoint members of management, and to approve all actions requiring the approval of the holders of our common stock, including adopting amendments to our certificate of incorporation and approving mergers, acquisitions, or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of our ultimate controlling stockholders might conflict with the interests of other stockholders or the holders of our debt. Our ultimate controlling stockholders also may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to the holders of our debt.
Risks Related to Our Substantial Indebtedness
Our substantial debt could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and otherwise adversely impact our operating income and growth prospects.
          As of December 31, 2009, our total consolidated long-term debt (including current portion) was approximately $1,059.8 million, and we had an additional $52.1 million available for borrowing on a collateralized basis under our $60.0 million senior revolving credit facility after giving effect to the use of $7.9 million of the Revolving Credit Facility to secure letters of credit. In September 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Lehman”), whose subsidiaries have a $6.3 million credit commitment under our Revolving Credit Facility, filed for bankruptcy. We do not expect that Lehman will fund its pro rata share of the borrowing as required under the facility. If other financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us are adversely affected by the condition of the U.S. and international capital markets, they may become unable to fund borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which could have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and our ability to borrow additional funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other corporate purposes. The borrowing proceeds were paid back in May 2009.
          If other financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us are adversely affected by the conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets, they may become unable to fund borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which could have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and our ability to borrow additional funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other corporate purposes.
          All of the debt under our senior credit facility bears interest at variable rates. Our unhedged debt is subject to additional interest expense if these rates increase significantly, which could also reduce our ability to borrow additional funds.
          Our substantial debt could have material consequences on our financial condition. For example, it could:
    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    require us to use all or a large portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, research and development efforts, capital expenditures, and other business activities;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

26


Table of Contents

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities;
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
 
    limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, or pay cash dividends.
          For additional information regarding the interest rates and maturity dates of our existing debt, see Item 7, “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Despite our current significant level of debt, we may still be able to incur additional debt, which could increase the risks described above, adversely affect our financial health, or prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the Senior Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes.
          We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional debt in the future, including collateralized debt. Although the 2007 Senior Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. If additional debt is added to our current level of debt, the risks described above would increase.
We require a significant amount of cash to service our debt. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and, as a result, we may not be able to make payments on our debt obligations.
          We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, to realize anticipated cost savings and operating improvements on schedule or at all, or to obtain future borrowings under our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, because we conduct our operations through our operating subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including payments on our debt. Under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. If we do not have sufficient liquidity, we may need to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity, sell assets, or borrow more money. We may not be able to do so on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
          If we are unable to meet our obligations with respect to our debt, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our debt, seek equity financing, or sell assets. If we are unable to restructure, refinance, or sell assets in a timely manner or on terms satisfactory to us, the trading price of the Senior Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes could decline and we may default under our obligations. As of December 31, 2009 substantially all of our debt was subject to acceleration clauses. A default on any of our debt obligations could trigger these acceleration clauses and cause those and our other obligations to become immediately due and payable. Upon an acceleration of any of our debt, we may not be able to make payments under our debt.
We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indentures, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations, including the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes.
          Upon certain “change of control” events, as that term is defined in the indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase all or any part of each holder’s notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase. Because we do not have

27


Table of Contents

access to the cash flow of our subsidiaries, we will likely not have sufficient funds available at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all tendered notes pursuant to this requirement. Our failure to offer to repurchase notes or to repurchase notes tendered following a change of control would result in a default under the indentures. Accordingly, prior to repurchasing the notes upon a change of control event, we must refinance all of our outstanding indebtedness. We may be unable to refinance all of our outstanding indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we were unable to refinance all such indebtedness, we would remain effectively prohibited from offering to repurchase the notes.
Restrictions in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business.
          The agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain customary restrictions on us or our subsidiaries, including covenants that restrict us or our subsidiaries, as the case may be, from:
    incurring additional indebtedness and issuing preferred stock;
 
    granting liens on our assets;
 
    making investments;
 
    consolidating or merging with, or acquiring, another business;
 
    selling or otherwise disposing our assets;
 
    paying dividends and making other distributions to our parent entities;
 
    entering into transactions with our affiliates; and
 
    incurring capital expenditures in excess of limitations set within the agreement.
          Our ability to comply with these covenants and other provisions of the 2007 Senior Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes may be affected by changes in our operating and financial performance, changes in general business and economic conditions, adverse regulatory developments, or other events beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt, which could cause those and other obligations to become immediately due and payable. If any of our debt is accelerated, we may not be able to repay it.
          The senior credit facility also requires that we meet specified financial ratios, including, but not limited to, maximum total leverage ratios. These restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
          None.

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
          As of December 31, 2009, there were 6,917 GNC store locations globally. In our Retail segment, all but one of our company-owned stores are located on leased premises that typically range in size from 1,000 to 2,000 square feet. In our Franchise segment, primarily all of our franchised stores in the United States and Canada are located on premises we lease and then sublease to our respective franchisees. All of our franchised stores in the remaining international markets are owned or leased directly by our franchisees. No single store is material to our operations.
As of December 31, 2009, our company-owned and franchised stores in the United States and Canada (excluding store-within-a-store locations) and our other international franchised stores consisted of:

29


Table of Contents

                 
    Company-    
United States and Canada   Owned Retail   Franchise
Alabama
    34       10  
Alaska
    7       5  
Arizona
    50       8  
Arkansas
    20       6  
California
    229       124  
Colorado
    63       10  
Connecticut
    40       4  
Delaware
    14       4  
District of Columbia
    6       1  
Florida
    219       96  
Georgia
    91       47  
Hawaii
    21       0  
Idaho
    7       5  
Illinois
    97       48  
Indiana
    55       20  
Iowa
    27       4  
Kansas
    24       6  
Kentucky
    39       9  
Louisiana
    39       10  
Maine
    8       0  
Maryland
    52       21  
Massachusetts
    59       6  
Michigan
    77       37  
Minnesota
    60       10  
Mississippi
    21       9  
Missouri
    43       20  
Montana
    4       3  
Nebraska
    11       11  
Nevada
    19       11  
New Hampshire
    15       5  
New Jersey
    79       34  
New Mexico
    19       2  
New York
    160       37  
North Carolina
    97       24  
North Dakota
    6       0  
Ohio
    108       40  
Oklahoma
    29       11  
Oregon
    23       5  
Pennsylvania
    142       33  
Puerto Rico
    23       0  
Rhode Island
    13       1  
South Carolina
    29       22  
South Dakota
    5       0  
Tennessee
    42       26  
Texas
    198       80  
Utah
    24       5  
Vermont
    4       0  
Virginia
    84       21  
Washington
    48       13  
West Virginia
    20       2  
Wisconsin
    56       3  
Wyoming
    5       0  
Canada
    167       2  
 
               
Total
    2,832       911  
 
               
         
International    
Franchise
Aruba
    2  
Australia
    40  
Azerbaijan
    1  
Bahamas
    3  
Bahrain
    3  
Bolivia
    3  
Brunei
    2  
Bulgaria
    4  
Cayman Islands
    2  
Chile
    135  
Costa Rica
    14  
Cyprus
    3  
Dominican Republic
    18  
Ecuador
    14  
El Salvador
    9  
Ghana
    1  
Guam
    1  
Guatemala
    32  
Honduras
    4  
Hong Kong
    52  
India
    36  
Indonesia
    35  
Israel
    2  
Kuwait
    5  
Lebanon
    6  
Malaysia
    49  
Mexico
    322  
Mongolia
    3  
Nigeria
    2  
Oman
    2  
Pakistan
    6  
Panama
    5  
Peru
    44  
Philippines
    35  
Qatar
    4  
Saudi Arabia
    49  
Singapore
    58  
South Korea
    136  
Spain
    2  
Taiwan
    29  
Thailand
    30  
Trinidad
    1  
Turkey
    57  
UAE
    6  
Ukraine
    1  
Venezuela
    37  
 
       
Total
    1,305  
 
       


30


Table of Contents

          In our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, we lease facilities for manufacturing, packaging, warehousing, and distribution operations. We manufacture a majority of our proprietary products at an approximately 300,000 square-foot facility in Greenville, South Carolina. We also lease an approximately 630,000 square-foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing, and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to “fee-in-lieu-of-taxes” arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but we retain the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. We lease a 210,000 square-foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and a 112,000 square-foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. We also lease space at a distribution center in Canada.
          We lease three small regional sales offices in Fort Lauderdale, Florida; Tustin, California; and Mississauga, Ontario. None of the regional sales offices is larger than 6,500 square feet. Our 253,000 square-foot corporate headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, is owned by Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., a Pennsylvania limited partnership, of which we are a limited partner entitled to share in 75% of the partnership’s profits or losses. The partnership’s ownership of the land and buildings, and the partnership’s interest in the ground lease to us, are all encumbered by a mortgage in the original principal amount of $17.9 million, with an outstanding balance of $7.2 million as of December 31, 2009. This partnership is included in our consolidated financial statements.
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
          We are engaged in various legal actions, claims and proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, products liabilities, intellectual property matters and employment-related matters resulting from our business activities. As with most actions such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. We continue to assess the requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with the standard on contingencies. If we are required to make a payment in connection with an adverse outcome in these matters, it could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.
          As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to the Company, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on its business or financial condition. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. We typically seek and have obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for our products or that manufacture or market products we sell. We also typically seek to be added, and have been added, as an additional insured under most of such parties’ insurance policies. We are also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. We may incur material products liability claims, which could increase its costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating income.
          Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione Cases. We are currently defending six lawsuits (the “Andro Actions”) relating to the sale by GNC of certain nutritional products alleged to contain the ingredients commonly known as Androstenedione, Androstenediol, Norandrostenedione, and Norandrostenediol (collectively, “Andro Products”). Five of these lawsuits were filed in California, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Florida. The most recent case was filed in Illinois (see Stephens and Pio matter discussed below).
          In each of the six cases, plaintiffs sought, or are seeking, to certify a class and obtain damages on behalf of the class representatives and all those similarly-situated who purchased from us certain nutritional supplements alleged to contain one or more Andro Products.

31


Table of Contents

          In April 2006, we filed pleadings seeking to remove the then-pending Andro Actions to the respective federal district courts for the districts in which the respective Andro Actions were pending. At the same time, we filed motions seeking to transfer the then-pending Andro Actions to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York based on “related to” bankruptcy jurisdiction, as one of the manufacturers supplying it with Andro Products, and from whom it sought indemnity, MuscleTech Research and Development, Inc. (“MuscleTech”), had filed for bankruptcy. We were successful in removing the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida Andro Actions to federal court and transferring these actions to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York based on bankruptcy jurisdiction. The California case, Guzman v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., was not removed and remains pending in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles.
          Following the conclusion of the MuscleTech bankruptcy case, in September 2007, plaintiffs filed a stipulation dismissing all claims related to the sale of MuscleTech products in the four cases then-pending in the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York (New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida). Additionally, plaintiffs filed motions with the Court to remand those actions to their respective state courts, asserting that the federal court had been divested of jurisdiction because the MuscleTech bankruptcy action was no longer pending. That motion was never ruled upon and has been rendered moot by the disposition of the case, discussed below.
          On June 4, 2008, the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York (on its own motion) set a hearing for the purpose of hearing argument as to why the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida cases should not be dismissed for failure to prosecute in conformity to the Court’s Case Management Order. Following the hearing, the Court advised that all four cases would be dismissed with prejudice and issued an order to that effect. In August 2008, plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the four cases to U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, and oral argument was heard on October 14, 2009. The Second Circuit reversed the dismissal and remanded the case to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York.
          In the Guzman case in California, plaintiffs’ Motion for Class Certification was denied on September 8, 2008. Plaintiffs appealed on October 31, 2008. Oral arguments took place on January 15, 2010 and the court reversed the order denying class certification.
          On October 3, 2008, the plaintiffs in the five other Andro Actions filed another suit related to the sale of Andro Products in state court in Illinois. Stephens and Pio v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (Case No. 08 CH 37097, Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, County Department, Chancery Division). The allegations are substantially similar to all of the other Andro Actions.
          As any liabilities that may arise from these cases are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time, no liability has been accrued in the accompanying financial statements.
          California Wage and Break Claim. On November 4, 2008, ninety-eight plaintiffs filed individual claims against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, which was removed to the U.S. District Court, Central District of California on February 17, 2009. Each of the plaintiffs had previously been a member of a purported class in a lawsuit filed against the Company in 2007 and resolved in September 2009. The plaintiffs allege that they were not provided all of the rest and meal periods to which they were entitled under California law, and further allege that we failed to pay them split shift and overtime compensation to which they were entitled under California law. Discovery in this case is ongoing and we are vigorously defending these matters. The court has developed a mediation procedure for handling the pending claims and has ordered the parties to mediate with small groups of plaintiffs and stayed the case as to the plaintiffs not participating in the mediations. The first of the mediation sessions occurred February 10, 2010 and March 4, 2010 and did not result in any settlements. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

32


Table of Contents

          Franchise Class Action. On November 7, 2006, Abdul Ahussain, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, sued GNC Franchising, LLC and General Nutrition Corporation in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California, Western Division. Plaintiff alleged that GNC engages in unfair business practices designed to earn a profit at its franchisees’ expense, among other things, in violation of California Business & Professions Code, §§ 17200 et seq. (the “CBPC”). These alleged practices include: (1) requiring its franchises to carry slow moving products, which cannot be returned to GNC after expiration, with the franchisee bearing the loss; (2) requiring franchised stores to purchase new or experimental products, effectively forcing the franchisees to provide free market research; (3) using our Gold Card program to collect information on franchised store customers and then soliciting business from such customers; (4) underselling its franchised stores by selling products through the GNC website at prices below or close to the wholesale price, thereby forcing franchises to sell the same products at a loss; and (5) manipulating prices at which franchised stores can purchase products from third-party suppliers, so as to maintain GNC’s favored position as a product wholesaler. Plaintiffs are seeking damages in an unspecified amount and equitable and injunctive relief. On March 19, 2008, the court certified a class as to only plaintiffs’ claim under the CBPC. The class consists of all persons or entities who are or were GNC franchisees in the State of California from November 13, 2002 to the date of adjudication. Plaintiff’s individual claims were settled and dismissed. On March 18, 2009, our motion for summary judgment was granted as to the CBPC class claim. In April 2009, GNC filed a motion for court costs and attorneys’ fees and the court ordered the plaintiffs to pay approximately $0.4 million to GNC for its fees and costs. Plaintiff’s judgment was satisfied in full by October 6, 2009, and a Satisfaction of Judgment was filed with the court on that date.
          Jackson Claim. On November 10, 2008, Grady Jackson, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, filed a complaint against General Nutrition Corporation and us in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Alameda. On December 15, 2008, the matter was removed to the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California. This consumer class and representative action brought under California Unfair Competition and False Advertising Law asserts, among other things, that the non-GNC product “Nikki Haskell’s Star Caps,” contained a prescription diuretic ingredient that was not disclosed on the label. On March 31, 2009, GNC filed a motion to dismiss. By order dated June 10, 2009, the court dismissed three of the seven counts asserted by plaintiffs. In September 2009, a settlement was reached, contemplating payment of an immaterial amount of attorneys’ fees to putative class counsel by GNC, and distribution of GNC discount coupons to certain putative class members. The court signed the stipulation of dismissal on October 27, 2009.
          DiMauro Claim. On December 18, 2008, plaintiffs Laura and Charles DiMauro filed a personal injury complaint against General Nutrition Corporation in Circuit Court for Miami-Dade County Florida. Plaintiffs allege that Laura DiMauro’s use and consumption of a non-GNC product called “Up Your Gas” resulted in liver failure that required a liver transplant in August 2007. Plaintiffs assert, among other things, claims for strict liability, negligence, and fraud and seek unspecified monetary damages. GNC has moved to dismiss this case on the grounds of forum non conveniens. In December 2009, a settlement was reached, contemplating payment of an immaterial amount by GNC.
          Romero Claim. On April 27, 2009, plaintiff J.C. Romero, a professional baseball player, filed a complaint against, among others, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. in Superior Court of New Jersey (Law Division/Camden County). Plaintiff alleges that he purchased from a GNC store and consumed 6-OXO Extreme, which is manufactured by a third party, and in August 2008, was alleged to have tested positive for a banned substance. Plaintiff served a 50 game suspension imposed by Major League Baseball. The seven count complaint asserts, among other things, claims for negligence, strict liability, misrepresentation, breach implied warranty and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, and seeks unspecified monetary damages. GNC tendered the claim to the insurance company of the franchisee whose GNC store sold and allegedly misrepresented the product. On or about October 9, 2009, GNC answered plaintiff’s first amended complaint and cross-claimed against co-defendants Proviant Technologies and Ergopharm. Discovery in this case is ongoing and we are vigorously defending the matter. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

33


Table of Contents

          Ciavarra Claim. On November 19, 2008, Ryan Ciavarra filed a personal injury lawsuit against, among others, General Nutrition Corporation, in the District Court of Harris County, Texas. Plaintiff alleges that his use and consumption of the diet product Hydroxycut, which is manufactured by a third party and was, until recently, sold in our stores, caused severe liver damage, jaundice and elevated liver enzymes. Plaintiff asserts claims for strict liability, negligence and breach of warranty and seeks unspecified monetary damages. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Hydroxycut Claims. On May 1, 2009, the FDA issued a warning on several Hydroxycut-branded products manufactured by Iovate Health Sciences U.S.A., Inc. (“Iovate”). The FDA warning was based on 23 reports of liver injuries from consumers who claimed to have used the products between 2002 and 2009. As a result, Iovate voluntarily recalled fourteen Hydroxycut-branded products. Following the recall, GNC was named, among other defendants, in 22 lawsuits in several states (note that prior to May 1, 2009, GNC was a co-defendant in one Hydroxycut case, Ciavarra (seeCiavarra Claim” entry above)). Iovate previously accepted GNC’s tender request for defense and indemnification under its purchasing agreement with GNC and, as such, Iovate has accepted GNC’s request for defense and indemnification in the new Hydroxycut matters. GNC’s ability to obtain full recovery in respect of any claims against GNC in connection with products manufactured by Iovate under the indemnity is dependent on Iovate’s insurance coverage and the creditworthiness of its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurer. To the extent GNC was not fully compensated by Iovate’s insurer, it could seek recovery directly from Iovate. GNC’s ability to fully recover such amounts would be limited by the creditworthiness of Iovate.
          GNC has been named in 23 lawsuits related to Hydroxycut: 17 individual, largely personal injury claims (including Ciavarra discussed above) and 6 putative class actions, generally inclusive of claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability, and breach of warranty.
          The following 16 personal injury matters were filed by individuals claiming injuries from use and consumption of Hydroxycut-branded products:
    Michael Owens and Donna Owens v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, BC413006 (filed May 1, 2009);
 
    Eva M. Stasiak v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, BC413201 (filed May 11, 2009);
 
    Jaime Ruben Perez v. Gerald Brandt, individually and d/b/a/ Breakthru Products, et al., 229th Judicial District, Duval County, Texas (filed May 29, 2009);
 
    Juan A. Noyola, II v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York, 09CV6740 (filed July 29, 2009);
 
    Christopher and Dana Hamilton v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Ohio, 09CV1944 (filed August 18, 2009);
 
    Hector Manuel Abarca and Diana Curiel v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, 09CV3861 (filed August 21, 2009);
 
    Jessica Rogoff v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, BC422842 (filed September 29, 2009);
 
    Pattie Greenwood, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, USA, Inc., et al., State Court of Oklahoma County, CJ-2009-10759 (filed October 30, 2009);
 
    Lucretia Ballou v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Western District of Louisiana, 09CV1996 (filed December 3, 2009);
 
    Clinton Davis v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Pennsylvania, 09CV5055 (filed November 11, 2009);
 
    Michael Fyalka v. Iovate Health Sciences, et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of Illinois, 09CV944 (filed November 10, 2009);
 
    Monica Fay Stepter v. Iovate Health Sciences, USA, Inc., et al., 17th Judicial District Court, Parish of LaFourche, Louisiana (filed November 25, 2009);

34


Table of Contents

    Andrew Nolley v. Muscletech Research and Development, et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Mississippi, 09CV140 (filed December 18, 2009);
 
    Kerry Donald v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, et al., Supreme Court of the State of New York, Kings County (filed January 22, 2010);
 
    Casey Slyter v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, District of Kansas, 10CV2065 (filed January 29, 2010); and
 
    Debra Rutherford, et al. v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 10CV370 (filed February 19, 2010).
Plaintiffs in the Owens and Stasiak cases dismissed those cases without prejudice in June 2009. Plaintiff Perez filed a Notice of Non-suit without prejudice which was granted by court order on November 18, 2009. Plaintiff Noyola amended the original complaint in December 2009 and did not identify GNC as a defendant.
          The following six putative class actions generally include claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability, and breach of warranty:
    Andrew Dremak, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV1088 (filed May 19, 2009);
 
    Enjoli Pennier, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Louisiana, 09CV3533 (filed May 13, 2009);
 
    Alejandro M. Jimenez, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of California, 09CV1473 (filed May 28, 2009);
 
    Amy Baker, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 09CV872 (filed May 4, 2009);
 
    Kyle Davis and Sara Carreon, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 09CV896 (filed May 7, 2009); and
 
    Lenny Charles Gunn, Tonya Rhoden, and Nicholas Atelevich, et al., v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV2337 (filed October 24, 2009).
By court order dated October 6, 2009, the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation consolidated pretrial proceedings of many of the pending actions (including the above-listed GNC class actions) in the Southern District of California (In re: Hydroxycut Marketing and Sales Practices Litigation, MDL No. 2087). Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Bedell Claim. On May 1, 2009, plaintiff Eugene Bedell, Jr. filed a personal injury complaint against, among others, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and GNC Corporation, in Circuit Court of Loudoun County, Virginia. Plaintiff alleges that his use and consumption of a non-GNC product called “Nitro T3” caused him to have a stroke. Plaintiff makes certain allegations regarding the risks of using and consuming Nitro T3 and GNC’s alleged failure to warn consumers of those risks. Plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary damages. Under its purchasing agreement with the vendor, WellNx, GNC tendered the matter to WellNx for defense and indemnification. WellNx has accepted GNC’s request for defense and indemnification. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Chen Claim. On April 30, 2009, plaintiff Yuging “Phillis” Chen filed a Third Amended Complaint against, among others, Nutra Manufacturing, Inc., in the Superior Court of California for the County of Los Angeles. Plaintiff alleges that her use and consumption of various products, including Mega Garlic Plus and Herbalifeline, manufactured by Nutra Manufacturing, caused personal injuries. Plaintiff asserts, among other things, claims for strict liability, negligence, and fraud, and seeks unspecified monetary damages. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

35


Table of Contents

          California False Labeling and Consumer Fraud Claims. Beginning in May 2009, a series of false labeling and consumer fraud cases (listed below) were filed in California in connection with label claims of non-GNC products sold in the Company’s stores.
    Michael Gonzales and Zia Nawabi, et al. v. Maximum Human Performance, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV532 (filed May 5, 2009) (“Musclemeds”);
 
    Michael Campos and Michael Gonzales, et al. v. LG Sciences, LLC, et al., Superior Court of California, for the County of Orange, removed to U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV663 (filed May 20, 2009) (“LG Sciences”);
 
    Nicole Forlenza and Shaiden Monroe, et al. v. Dynakor Pharmacal, LLC, et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV3730 (filed May 26, 2009) (“Basic Research — Akävar”);
 
    Vance Monroe and Mac Gonzales, et al. v. Biotab Nutraceuticals, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV1207 (filed June 3, 2009);
 
    Richard Johnson, et al. v. Vianda, LLC, et al., Superior Court of California, for the County of Los Angeles, BC 423825 (filed October 20, 2009); and
 
    Michael Flores, et al. v. EP2. Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV7872 (filed October 28, 2009).
The LG Sciences matter was settled and dismissed in August 2009. A settlement was reached and approved by the Court in December 2009 in the Musclemeds case. Plaintiffs in the Basic Research - Akävar case dismissed GNC with prejudice in January 2010, after which a similar action, Shalena Dysthe, et al., v. Basic Research, et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV8013 (filed November 2, 2009) was filed by a different law firm.
While only seven lawsuits of this type have been filed to date, GNC expects the number of these types of cases to grow, as we have received four additional demand notices of similar claims. In all instances, the GNC vendors of the products at issue have agreed to defend and indemnify GNC. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
          None.

36


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF SECURITIES.
          There is no established public trading market for our common stock. As of March 1, 2010, 100 shares of our Common Stock were outstanding, all of which are held by our Parent. As of December 31, 2009, there was one holder of our common stock and there were 39 holders of our ultimate Parent’s common stock. See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” included in this report.
Dividends
          In July 2009, our board of directors declared a $13.6 million dividend to our direct parent company, GNC Corporation, with a payment date of August 30, 2009. GNC Acquisition Holdings, Inc., our ultimate parent company, was the final recipient of this dividend. The dividend was paid with cash generated from operations.
          Any dividends that we may pay in the future will be subject to the determination and approval of our board of directors. We are subject to certain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, Senior Notes, and Senior Subordinated Notes.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
          Upon completion of the Merger, our Parent adopted the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The purpose of the 2007 Plan is to enable us to attract, retain, and reward highly qualified personnel who will contribute to our success. The 2007 Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock, and certain other stock-based awards. Awards under the 2007 Plan may be granted to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants, or advisors as determined by the administering committee of our ultimate Parent’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2009 the total number of shares of our ultimate Parent’s Class A common stock reserved and available under the 2007 Plan is 10,419,178 shares. Stock options granted under the 2007 Plan are granted at not less than fair market value (or, in the case of persons holding more than 10% of the voting power of us, our ultimate Parent, or our subsidiaries, less than 110% of fair market value), generally vest over a five-year vesting schedule, and expire after ten years from date of grant. If any award granted under the 2007 Plan expires, terminates, is canceled, or is forfeited for any reason, the number of shares underlying such award will become available for future awards under the 2007 Plan. No awards other than stock options have been granted under the 2007 Plan.
                         
                    Number of
                    securities remaining
                    available for future
                    issuance under
                    equity
    Number of securities   Weighted-average   compensation plans
    to be issued upon   exercise price of   (excluding
    exercise of   outstanding   securities
    outstanding options,   options, warrants   reflected in first
Plan category   warrants and rights   and rights   column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    9,263,640 1   $ 7.27       1,155,538  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    12,750     $ 5.00 2      
Total
    9,276,390     $ 7.27       1,155,538  
 
(1)   Consists of options to purchase shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock granted pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
(2)   Plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of exercise.

37


Table of Contents

          On September 1, 2009, David Berg joined the Company as its Executive Vice President of Global Business Development and Chief Operating Officer, International. In connection with his employment, our Parent’s Compensation Committee granted Mr. Berg certain options (“Preferred Stock Options”) to purchase 12,750 shares of our ultimate Parent’s Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Stock”), pursuant to the terms of a Preferred Stock Option Agreement. The Preferred Stock Options are not governed by the 2007 Plan, and the grant was not approved by our or our Parent’s security holders. The Preferred Stock Options have an exercise price equal to $5.00 per share (plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of exercise). A portion of the Preferred Stock Options vest on the first anniversary of employment; the balance vest on the second anniversary; provided, that Mr. Berg is permitted to exercise his vested Preferred Stock Options only within the seven day period following each vesting date. If Mr. Berg does not exercise his vested Preferred Stock Options within such exercise period, then such vested Preferred Stock Options terminate and expire. See Item 11, “Executive Compensation — Employment and Separation Agreements.”

38


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
          The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and as of December 31, 2007 (the Successor Periods), for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 (the Predecessor Period) are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and their notes included in this report. The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and their notes, which are not included in this report. The selected consolidated financial data as of March 15, 2007, December 31, 2006, and 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 represent the period during which General Nutrition Centers, Inc. was owned by Apollo.
          On February 8, 2007, our parent corporation entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with GNC Acquisition Inc. and its parent company, GNC Acquisition Holdings, Inc., pursuant to which GNC Acquisition Inc. agreed to merge with and into GNC Parent Corporation, and as a result GNC Parent Corporation would continue as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. This Merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. As a result, the financial data presented as of December 31, 2007, and for the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 represents the period of operations after the Merger.
          As a result of the Merger, the consolidated statement of operations for the successor period includes the following: interest and amortization expense resulting from the issuance of the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes and the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes; and amortization of intangible assets related to the Merger. Further, as a result of purchase accounting, the fair values of our assets on the date of the Merger became their new cost basis.
          You should read the following financial information together with the information under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and their related notes.

39


Table of Contents

                                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     March 16-       January 1-     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,     December 31,     December 31,  
(dollars in millions)   2009     2008     2007       2007     2006     2005  
                               
 
                                                 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                 
Revenue:
                                                 
Retail
  $ 1,256.3     $ 1,219.3     $ 909.3       $ 259.3     $ 1,122.7     $ 989.4  
Franchising
    264.2       258.0       193.9         47.2       232.3       212.8  
Manufacturing/Wholesale
    186.5       179.4       119.8         23.3       132.1       115.5  
 
                                     
Total revenue
    1,707.0       1,656.7       1,223.0         329.8       1,487.1       1,317.7  
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
    1,116.4       1,082.6       814.2         212.2       983.5       898.7  
 
                                     
Gross profit
    590.6       574.1       408.8         117.6       503.6       419.0  
Compensation and related benefits
    263.0       249.8       195.8         64.3       260.8       228.6  
Advertising and promotion
    50.0       55.1       35.0         20.5       50.7       44.7  
Other selling, general and administrative
    96.5       98.7       71.3         17.3       92.4       76.2  
Other expense(income)(1)
    (0.1 )     0.7       (0.4 )       (0.1 )     0.5       (3.1 )
Merger related costs
                        34.6              
 
                                     
Operating income (loss)
    181.2       169.8       107.1         (19.0 )     99.2       72.6  
 
                                                 
Interest expense, net
    70.0       83.0       75.5         43.0       39.6       43.1  
 
                                     
Income (loss) before income taxes
    111.2       86.8       31.6         (62.0 )     59.6       29.5  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    41.6       32.0       12.6         (10.7 )     22.2       10.9  
 
                                     
Net income (loss)
  $ 69.6     $ 54.8     $ 19.0       $ (51.3 )   $ 37.4     $ 18.6  
 
                                     
 
(1)   Other expense (income) includes foreign currency (gain) loss for all of the periods presented. Other expense (income) for the year ended December 31, 2006 included $1.2 million loss on the sale of our Australian manufacturing facility. Other expense (income) for the year ended December 31, 2005 included $2.5 million transaction fee income related to the transfer of our GNC Australian franchise rights to an existing franchisee.

40


Table of Contents

                                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     March 16-       January 1-     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,     December 31,     December 31,  
(dollars in millions)   2009     2008     2007       2007     2006     2005  
                               
 
                                                 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 75.1     $ 42.3     $ 28.9       $ 9.5     $ 24.1     $ 86.0  
Working capital (2)
    382.6       305.1       258.1         233.6       249.5       298.7  
Total assets
    2,303.6       2,292.0       2,239.6         974.1       968.8       1,025.6  
Total current and non-current long-term debt
    1,059.8       1,084.7       1,087.0         10.7       431.4       473.4  
Stockholder’s equity
    717.5       652.1       608.7         680.8       312.3       340.9  
 
                                                 
Other Data:
                                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    114.0       77.4       92.0         (50.9 )     73.6       65.1  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (42.2 )     (60.4 )     (1,671.4 )       (6.2 )     (23.4 )     (21.5 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (39.3 )     (3.4 )     1,598.7         42.8       (112.2 )     (42.6 )
Capital expenditures
  $ 28.7     $ 48.7     $ 28.9       $ 5.7     $ 23.8     $ 20.8  
Number of stores (at end of period):
                                                 
Company-owned stores (3)
    2,832       2,774       2,745         2,699       2,688       2,650  
Franchised stores (3)
    2,216       2,144       2,056         2,018       2,007       2,014  
Franchised store-within-a-store locations (3)
    1,869       1,712       1,358         1,266       1,227       1,149  
 
(2)   Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.

41


Table of Contents

(3)   The following table summarizes our stores for the periods indicated:
                                                   
    Successor       Predecessor
    Year Ended   Year Ended   March 16-     January 1-   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,     March 15,   December 31,   December 31,
    2009   2008   2007     2007   2006   2005
                                           
Company-owned stores
                                                 
Beginning of period balance
    2,774       2,745       2,699         2,688       2,650       2,642  
New store openings
    45       71       64         18       54       35  
Franchise conversions (a)(b)
    53       33       44         17       80       102  
Store closings(b)
    (40 )     (75 )     (62 )       (24 )     (96 )     (129 )
 
                           
End of period balance
    2,832       2,774       2,745         2,699       2,688       2,650  
 
                           
 
                                                 
Franchised stores
                                                 
Domestic
                                                 
Beginning of period balance
    954       978       1,022         1,046       1,156       1,290  
Store openings (b)
    31       41       16         4       5       17  
Store closings (c)
    (76 )     (65 )     (60 )       (28 )     (115 )     (151 )
End of period balance
    909       954       978         1,022       1,046       1,156  
 
                           
International
                                                 
Beginning of period balance
    1,190       1,078       996         961       858       746  
Store openings
    187       198       115         44       169       132  
Store closings
    (70 )     (86 )     (33 )       (9 )     (66 )     (20 )
End of period balance
    1,307       1,190       1,078         996       961       858  
 
                           
Store-within-a-store (Rite Aid)
                                                 
Beginning of period balance
    1,712       1,358       1,266         1,227       1,149       1,027  
Store openings
    177       401       101         39       80       130  
Store closings
    (20 )     (47 )     (9 )             (2 )     (8 )
 
                           
End of period balance
    1,869       1,712       1,358         1,266       1,227       1,149  
 
                           
Total Stores
    6,917       6,630       6,159         5,983       5,922       5,813  
 
                           
 
(a)   Stores that were acquired from franchisees and subsequently converted into company-owned stores.
 
(b)   Includes corporate store locations acquired by franchisees.
 
(c)   Includes franchised stores closed and acquired by us.

42


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.
          You should read the following discussion in conjunction with Item 6, “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this report. The discussion in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. Please refer to “Forward Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this report.
Business Overview
          We are a leading global specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include VMHS, sports nutrition products, diet products, and other wellness products. We derive our revenues principally from product sales through our company-owned stores and online through www.gnc.com, franchise activities, and sales of products manufactured in our facilities to third parties. We sell products through a worldwide network of more than 6,900 locations operating under the GNC brand name.
    Revenues and Operating Performance from our Business Segments
          We measure our operating performance primarily through revenues and operating income from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise, and Manufacturing/Wholesale, and through the management of unallocated costs from our warehousing, distribution and corporate segments, as follows:
    Retail revenues are generated by sales to consumers at our company-owned stores and online through www.gnc.com. Although we believe that our retail and franchise businesses are not seasonal in nature, historically we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, a variation in our net sales and operating results from quarter to quarter, with the first half of the year being stronger than the second half of the year. As a leader in our industry, we expect our retail revenue growth to be consistent with projected industry growth as a result of our disproportionate market share, scale economies in purchasing and advertising, strong brand awareness, and vertical integration.
 
    Franchise revenues are generated primarily from:
  (1)   product sales to our franchisees;
 
  (2)   royalties on franchise retail sales; and
 
  (3)   franchise fees, which are charged for initial franchise awards, renewals, and transfers of franchises.
          Since we do not anticipate the number of our domestic franchised stores to grow substantially, we expect our domestic franchise revenue growth will be generated by royalties on increased franchise retail sales and product sales to our existing franchisees. We expect that an increase in the number of our international franchised stores over the next five years will result in increased initial franchise fees associated with new store openings and increased revenues from product sales to new franchisees. As international franchise trends continue to improve, we also anticipate that franchise revenue from international operations will be driven by increased product sales to our franchisees. Since our international franchisees pay royalties to us in U.S. dollars, any strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to our franchisees’ local currency may offset some of the growth in royalty revenue.
    Manufacturing/wholesale revenues are generated through sales of manufactured products to third parties, generally for third-party private label brands, and the sale of our proprietary and third-party products to and through Rite Aid and www.drugstore.com. License fee revenue from the opening of GNC franchised store-within-a-store locations within Rite Aid stores is also recorded in this segment. Our revenues generated by our manufacturing and wholesale operations are subject to our available manufacturing capacity.

43


Table of Contents

          A significant portion of our business infrastructure is comprised of fixed operating costs. Our vertically integrated distribution network and manufacturing capacity can support higher sales volume without significant incremental costs. We therefore expect our operating expenses to grow at a lesser rate than our revenues, resulting in significant operating leverage in our business.
          The following trends and uncertainties in our industry could positively or negatively affect our operating performance:
    broader consumer awareness of health and wellness issues and rising healthcare costs;
 
    interest in, and demand for, condition-specific products based on scientific research;
 
    significant effects of favorable and unfavorable publicity on consumer demand;
 
    lack of a single product or group of products dominating any one product category;
 
    lack of long-term experience with human consumption of ingredients of some of our products;
 
    volatility in the diet category;
 
    rapidly evolving consumer preferences and demand for new products;
 
    costs associated with complying with new and existing governmental regulation; and
 
    a change in disposable income available to consumers, as a result of current economic conditions.
Executive Overview
          Our recent results of operations continue the favorable trend seen in recent years. In the retail segment, our domestic retail comparable store sales, including e-commerce, increased 2.8% for 2009 as compared to 2008. Included in this increase is a 29.9% increase in our www.gnc.com business. We achieved these results in a difficult economic environment, when many other retailers were posting negative comparable store sales, and despite a short-term reduction in revenue that we experienced in 2009 due to the Hydroxycut recall. Our core product categories of VMHS and Sports Nutrition have delivered strong consistent performance. Another reason for our strong results is the emphasis we place on innovation and the introduction of new products. For example, clinical testing and research provided the framework for the 2009 introduction of Pro Performance AMP, a product line targeted at avid athletes. Additionally, the WELLbeING product line launched in early 2009 provides formulations and vitamin products uniquely designed for women. These products were introduced with the intention of attracting new customers to our stores.
          Our www.gnc.com business continues to grow, with a 29.9% increase in revenue in 2009 compared with 2008. We redesigned our website in the latter part of 2009, enhancing the site’s functionality through improved search capabilities, navigation and expanded content. We expect these enhancements to allow us to continue to grow our revenue through increased traffic and conversion rates.
          Our domestic franchise business is aligned with our corporate operating standards, and key performance indicators to our domestic franchise stores are consistent with our company store results. We continue to see growth in sales of our GNC brand products, particularly in the higher margin Pro Performance brand and in sales of our proprietary Vitapaks, which has helped to strengthen the franchise system. Without committing our own capital resources, our international franchise system has continued

44


Table of Contents

to grow and strengthen our presence globally, with the addition of 117 and 112 net new locations in 2009 and 2008, respectively. For 2009, the international franchise business recognized a 9.8% increase in revenue, compared with 2008, primarily on the strength of higher product sales.
          Our manufacturing strategy is designed to provide our stores with proprietary products at the lowest possible cost, and utilize additional capacity to promote production efficiencies and enhance our position in the third party contract business. Under this strategy, our third party manufacturing sales grew 38.7% and 3.8% in 2008 and 2009, respectively, over the prior year periods. We expect continuing steady performance from our manufacturing plant utilizing this strategy.
          We believe that the strength of our brand and our leadership position in the health and wellness sector provide significant future opportunities to capitalize on favorable demographics and consumer trends. In our experience, our customers have continued to focus on their personal health and well-being during economic downturns; nonetheless, a continued downturn or an uncertain outlook in the economy may materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.
          While our 2009 results do not reflect a negative impact due to the general downturn of the economy, the downturn could affect our business and operating results in the future. Our results depend on a number of factors impacting consumer spending, including, but not limited to, general economic and business conditions, consumer confidence, consumer debt levels, availability of consumer credit, and the level of customer traffic within malls and other shopping environments. Consumer purchases of products, including ours and those of our partners, may decline during recessionary periods.
          If consumer purchases of products decline, we could be impacted in the following ways:
    retail sales at our company stores and through our website could decline;
 
    demand for our branded products produced at our manufacturing plant could decline;
 
    demand for products produced for distributors and other retailers / wholesalers could diminish;
 
    our domestic franchisees may choose not to renew their franchise licenses, which in turn would lower our franchise product revenue; and
 
    our international franchisees may experience decreased revenue resulting in lower royalties and product revenue to us; additionally, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar may impact us, as our international franchisees purchase inventory from and pay royalties to us in U.S. dollars.
          In May 2009, the FDA warned consumers to stop using certain Hydroxycut products, produced by Iovate Health Sciences, Inc., which were sold in our stores. Iovate issued a voluntary recall, with which we immediately fully complied. Sales of the recalled Hydroxycut products amounted to approximately $57.8 million, or 4.7% of our retail sales in 2008 and $18.8 million, or 4.2% of our retail sales in the first four months of 2009. We provided refunds or gift cards to consumers who returned these products to our stores. In the second quarter, we experienced a reduction in sales and margin due to the recall as a result of accepting returns of products from customers and a loss of sales as a Hydroxycut replacement product was not available. Through December 31, 2009, we had refunded approximately $3.5 million to our retail customers and approximately $1.6 million to our wholesale customers for Hydroxycut product returns. A significant majority of the retail refunds occurred in our second quarter; the wholesale refunds were recognized in the early part of the third quarter. All returns of product by our customers were recognized as a reduction in sales in the period when the return occurred. At the end of June, Iovate launched new reformulated Hydroxycut products that we began to sell in our stores. Although post-recall sales of the new reformulated Hydroxycut trailed pre-recall levels, strong sales in our core sports, vitamins and herbs products, along with other new third party diet products, helped to mitigate the decrease in sales from the Hydroxycut product line.
          In light of these matters, we continue to focus on our core strategies. In the near term, we will concentrate on our primary strategies, in particular:

45


Table of Contents

    Driving top-line performance in each of our business segments by attracting new customers through product innovation and the introduction of new, scientifically backed products, improved product assortment, effective marketing campaigns designed to increase traffic and awareness of the GNC brand, and price competitiveness;
 
    Investing in key infrastructure areas for future growth, including e-commerce and international development; and
 
    Generating efficiencies and cost savings in the everyday operations of the business that will allow us to leverage profit margins on modest revenue growth.
          We will continue to seek improvements in each of the business segments and position ourselves for long term growth.
Related Parties
          Management Services Agreement. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a management services agreement with our Parent. Under the agreement, our Parent provides the Company and its subsidiaries with certain services in exchange for an annual fee of $1.5 million, as well as customary fees for services rendered in connection with certain major financial transactions, plus reimbursement of expenses and a tax gross-up relating to a non-tax deductible portion of the fee. The Company provides customary indemnifications to our Parent and its affiliates and those providing services on its behalf. In addition, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company incurred an aggregate fee of $10.0 million, plus reimbursement of expenses, payable to our Parent for services rendered in connection with the Merger. For each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, $1.5 million was paid pursuant to this agreement.
          Credit Facility. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a $735.0 million credit agreement, under which various fund portfolios related to one of our sponsors, Ares, are lenders. As of December 31, 2009, certain affiliates of Ares held approximately $62.1 million of term loans under the Company’s Senior Credit Facility.
          Lease Agreements. General Nutrition Centres Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is party to 21 lease agreements, as lessee, with Cadillac Fairview Corporation, as lessor, with respect to properties located in Canada (the “Lease Agreements”). Cadillac Fairview Corporation is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of OTPP, one of the principal stockholders of Parent. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company paid $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively, under the Lease Agreements. Each lease was negotiated in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis.
          Product Purchases. During our 2009 fiscal year, we purchased certain fish oil and probiotics products manufactured by Lifelong Nutrition, Inc. (“Lifelong”) for resale under our proprietary brand name WELLbeING. Carmen Fortino, who serves as one of our directors, is the Managing Director, a member of the Board of Directors and a stockholder of Lifelong. The aggregate value of the products we purchased from Lifelong was $3.3 million for the 2009 fiscal year.
Results of Operations
          The following information presented as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.
          The following information may contain financial measures other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for our historical consolidated financial statements. In addition, the adjusted combined operating results may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the adjustments and may not be predictive of future results of operations. We present this information because we use it to monitor and evaluate our ongoing operating results and trends, and believe it provides investors with an understanding of our operating performance over comparative periods.

46


Table of Contents

          As discussed in the “Segment” note to our consolidated financial statements, we evaluate segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are revenues and operating income or loss for each segment. Revenues and operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, exclude certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as warehousing and transportation costs, impairments, and other corporate costs. The following discussion compares the revenues and the operating income or loss by segment, as well as those items excluded from the segment totals.
          Same store sales growth reflects the percentage change in same store sales in the period presented compared to the prior year period. Same store sales are calculated on a daily basis for each store and exclude the net sales of a store for any period if the store was not open during the same period of the prior year. Beginning in the first quarter of 2006, we also included our internet sales, as generated through www.gnc.com and www.drugstore.com, in our domestic company-owned same store sales calculation. When a store’s square footage has been changed as a result of reconfiguration or relocation in the same mall or shopping center, the store continues to be treated as a same store. If, during the period presented, a store was closed, relocated to a different mall or shopping center, or converted to a franchised store or a company-owned store, sales from that store up to and including the closing day or the day immediately preceding the relocation or conversion are included as same store sales as long as the store was open during the same period of the prior year. We exclude from the calculation sales during the period presented from the date of relocation to a different mall or shopping center and from the date of a conversion. In the second quarter of 2006, we modified the calculation method for domestic franchised same store sales consistent with this description, which has been the method historically used for domestic company-owned same store sales.
Results of Operations
(Dollars in millions and percentages expressed as a percentage of total net revenues)
                                                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,     March 16 - December 31,     January 1 - March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007     2007  
 
                                                               
Revenues:
                                                               
Retail
  $ 1,256.3       73.6 %   $ 1,219.3       73.6 %   $ 909.3       74.3 %   $ 259.3       78.6 %
Franchise
    264.2       15.5 %     258.0       15.6 %     193.9       15.9 %     47.2       14.3 %
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    186.5       10.9 %     179.4       10.8 %     119.8       9.8 %     23.3       7.1 %
 
                                               
Total net revenues
    1,707.0       100.0 %     1,656.7       100.0 %     1,223.0       100.0 %     329.8       100.0 %
 
                                                               
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Cost of sales, including warehousing, distribution and occupancy costs
    1,116.4       65.4 %     1,082.6       65.3 %     814.2       66.5 %     212.2       64.4 %
Compensation and related benefits
    263.0       15.4 %     249.8       15.1 %     195.8       16.0 %     64.3       19.5 %
Advertising and promotion
    50.0       2.9 %     55.1       3.3 %     35.0       2.9 %     20.5       6.2 %
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
    86.7       5.1 %     87.8       5.3 %     62.1       5.1 %     16.5       5.0 %
Amortization expense
    9.8       0.6 %     10.9       0.7 %     9.2       0.7 %     0.8       0.2 %
Foreign currency loss (gain)
    (0.1 )     0.0 %     0.7       0.0 %     (0.4 )     0.0 %     (0.1 )     0.0 %
Transaction related costs
          0.0 %           0.0 %           0.0 %     34.6       10.5 %
 
                                               
Total operating expenses
    1,525.8       89.4 %     1,486.9       89.7 %     1,115.9       91.2 %     348.8       105.8 %
 
                                                               
Operating income:
                                                               
Retail
    153.1       9.0 %     140.9       8.5 %     106.5       8.8 %     28.2       8.6 %
Franchise
    80.8       4.7 %     80.8       4.9 %     55.0       4.5 %     14.5       4.4 %
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    73.5       4.3 %     67.4       4.1 %     38.9       3.2 %     10.3       3.1 %
Unallocated corporate and other costs:
                                                               
Warehousing and distribution costs
    (53.6 )     -3.1 %     (54.2 )     -3.3 %     (40.7 )     -3.3 %     (10.7 )     -3.2 %
Corporate costs
    (72.6 )     -4.3 %     (65.1 )     -3.9 %     (52.6 )     -4.4 %     (26.7 )     -8.2 %
Merger related costs
          0.0 %           0.0 %           0.0 %     (34.6 )     -10.5 %
 
                                               
Subtotal unallocated corporate and other costs, net
    (126.2 )     -7.4 %     (119.3 )     -7.2 %     (93.3 )     -7.7 %     (72.0 )     -21.9 %
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Total operating income (loss)
    181.2       10.6 %     169.8       10.3 %     107.1       8.8 %     (19.0 )     -5.8 %
 
                                                               
Interest expense, net
    70.0               83.0               75.5               43.0          
 
                                                       
 
                                                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    111.2               86.8               31.6               (62.0 )        
 
                                                               
Income tax expense (benefit)
    41.6               32.0               12.6               (10.7 )        
 
                                                       
 
                                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 69.6             $ 54.8             $ 19.0             $ (51.3 )        
 
                                                       
          Note: The numbers in the above table have been rounded to millions. All calculations related to the Results of Operations for the year-over-year comparisons below were derived from unrounded data and could occasionally differ immaterially if you were to use the table above for these calculations.

47


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
    Revenues
          Our consolidated net revenues increased $50.3 million, or 3.0%, to $1,707.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1,656.7 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was the result of increased sales in all of our segments.
          Retail. Revenues in our Retail segment increased $37.0 million, or 3.0%, to $1,256.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1,219.3 million for the same period in 2008. The increase from 2008 to 2009 included an increase of $10.8 million for sales through www.gnc.com. Sales increases occurred in the major product categories of VMHS and sports nutrition. Sales in the diet category were negatively impacted by the Hydroxycut recall that occurred in May 2009. Our domestic company-owned same store sales, including our internet sales, improved by 2.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our Canadian company-owned stores had improved same store sales of 0.8%, in local currency, for the year ended December 31, 2009 but declined when measured in U.S. dollars due to the volatility of the U.S. dollar. Our company-owned store base increased by 51 domestic stores to 2,665 compared to 2,614 at December 31, 2008, primarily due to new store openings and franchise store acquisitions, and by 7 Canadian stores to 167 at December 31, 2009 compared to 160 at December 31, 2008.
          Franchise. Revenues in our Franchise segment increased $6.2 million, or 2.4%, to $264.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $258.0 million for the same period in 2008. Domestic franchise revenue decreased by $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as increased product sales were more than offset by lower franchise fee revenue. Domestic royalty income was flat despite operating 45 fewer stores during 2009 as compared to 2008. There were 909 stores at December 31, 2009 compared to 954 stores at December 31, 2008. International franchise revenue increased by $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as a result of increases in product sales, partially offset by lower franchise fee revenue. International royalty income increased $0.5 million for the 2009 period compared to the 2008 period as sales increases in our franchisees’ respective local currencies were impacted by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar from 2008 to 2009. Our international franchise store base increased by 117 stores to 1,307 at December 31, 2009 compared to 1,190 at December 31, 2008.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facility in South Carolina, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid and www.drugstore.com, increased $7.1 million, or 4.0%, to $186.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $179.4 million for 2008. Sales increased in the South Carolina plant by $4.4 million, and revenues associated with Rite Aid increased by $1.4 million. This increase was due to increases in wholesale and consignment sales to Rite Aid of $4.6 million, partially offset by lower initial and renewal license fee revenue of $3.2 million as a result of Rite Aid opening 197 fewer franchise store-within-a-stores in 2009 as compared to 2008. In addition, sales to www.drugstore.com increased by $1.3 million in 2009 as compared to 2008.
    Cost of Sales
          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs, increased $33.8 million, or 3.1%, to $1,116.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1,082.6 million for the same period in 2008. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percentage of net revenue, was 65.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 65.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

48


Table of Contents

          Product costs. Product costs increased $29.5 million, or 3.6%, to $840.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $810.5 million for the same period in 2008 as a result of increased sales volumes and raw materials costs. Consolidated product costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 49.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 48.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008.
          Warehousing and distribution costs. Warehousing and distribution costs increased $0.1 million, or 0.2%, to $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $57.5 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was primarily due to increased internet fulfillment wages offset by decreases in fuel costs. Consolidated warehousing and distribution costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 3.4% and 3.5% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
          Occupancy costs. Occupancy costs increased $4.2 million, or 2.0%, to $218.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $214.6 million for the same period in 2008. This increase was the result of increases in depreciation expense of $2.9 million and lease related costs of $1.4 million, offset by $0.1 million decrease in other costs. Consolidated occupancy costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 12.8% and 13.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
    Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense, increased $5.9 million, or 1.5%, to $409.5 million, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $403.6 million for the same period in 2008. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenue, were 24.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 24.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008.
          Compensation and related benefits. Compensation and related benefits increased $13.2 million, or 5.3%, to $263.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $249.8 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was due to: (1) $8.5 million in base wages to support our increased store base and sales volume and to comply with the increases in minimum wage rates; (2) $1.4 million in health insurance; (3) $1.2 million in commissions and incentive expense; and (4) other wage related expenditures of $1.0 million. In addition, 2008 expenses included a $1.1 million reduction in base wages due to a change in our vacation policy effective March 31, 2008.
          Advertising and promotion. Advertising and promotion expenses decreased $5.1 million, or 9.1%, to $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $55.1 million during the same period in 2008. Advertising expense decreased primarily as a result of decreases in media costs of $2.3 million and print advertising costs of $3.4 million, partially offset by increases in other advertising costs of $0.6 million.
          Other SG&A. Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, decreased $2.2 million or 2.3%, to $96.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $98.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Decreases in bad debt expense of $2.3 million, amortization expense of $1.2 million and other selling expenses of $0.3 million were partially offset by increases in telecommunications expenses of $1.9 million due to the installation of a new point of sale (“POS”) register system in 2008 and professional fees of $0.8 million. In addition, 2009 other SG&A includes a $1.1 million gain from proceeds received from the Visa/Mastercard antitrust litigation settlement.
Foreign Currency (Loss) Gain
          Foreign currency loss/gain for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary. We recognized income of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a loss of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

49


Table of Contents

    Operating Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated operating income increased $11.4 million or 6.7% to $181.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $169.8 million for the same period in 2008. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008.
          Retail. Operating income increased $12.2 million, or 8.7%, to $153.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $140.9 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was primarily the result of higher dollar margins on increased sales volumes and reduced advertising spending, partially offset by increases in occupancy costs, compensation costs and other SG&A expenses.
          Franchise. Operating income is unchanged at $80.8 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Operating income increased $6.1 million, or 9.0%, to $73.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $67.4 million for the same period in 2008. This increase was primarily the result of increased margins from our South Carolina manufacturing facility, partially offset by decreases in Rite Aid license fee revenue.
          Warehousing and Distribution Costs. Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs decreased $0.6 million, or 1.3%, to $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $54.2 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in fuel costs.
          Corporate Costs. Corporate overhead costs increased $7.5 million, or 11.7%, to $72.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $65.1 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expense and professional fees in 2009. In addition, 2008 compensation expense includes a $1.1 million reduction due to a change in our vacation policy effective March 31, 2008.
    Interest Expense
          Interest expense decreased $13.0 million, or 15.7%, to $70.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $83.0 million for the same period in 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in interest rates on our variable rate debt in 2009 as compared to 2008 and $25.3 million in principal payments during 2009.
    Income Tax Expense
          We recognized $41.6 million of income tax expense (or 37.4% of pre-tax income) during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $32.0 million (or 36.9% of pre-tax income) for the same period of 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, a $0.5 million discrete tax benefit was recorded while a $2.0 million discrete tax benefit was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Net Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income increased $14.8 million to $69.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $54.8 million for the same period in 2008.

50


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2008 and the Successor Period 2007 — March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007
The following discussion compares the results of operations of the year ended December 31, 2008 to the Successor Period March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (“2007 Successor Period”). Our results of operations from period to period may not be comparable because the 2007 Sucessor Period was only 291 days.
Revenues
          Our consolidated net revenues increased $433.7 million, or 35.5%, to $1,656.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1,223.0 million for the 2007 Successor Period, due to increased sales in each of our segments, and a result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period.
          Retail. Revenues in our Retail segment increased $310.0 million, or 34.1%, to $1,219.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $909.3 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase from the 2007 Successor Period to the year ended December 31, 2008 included an increase of $14.4 million of sales through www.gnc.com. Sales increases occurred in each of the major product categories of VMHS and sports nutrition. Our company-owned store base increased by 16 domestic stores to 2,614 compared to 2,598 at December 31, 2007, primarily due to new store openings and franchise store acquisitions, and by 13 Canadian stores to 160 at December 31, 2008 compared to 147 at December 31, 2007.
          Franchise. Revenues in our Franchise segment increased $64.1 million, or 33.1%, to $258.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $193.9 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Domestic franchise revenue increased $42.1 million as a result of increased product sales despite operating 24 fewer stores during 2008 compared to 2007. There were 954 stores at December 31, 2008 compared to 978 stores at December 31, 2007. International franchise revenue increased $22.0 million as a result of increased product sales and royalties. Our international franchise store base increased by 112 stores to 1,190 at December 31, 2008 compared to 1,078 at December 31, 2007.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facilities in South Carolina, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid and www.drugstore.com, increased $59.6 million, or 49.7%, to $179.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $119.8 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Sales increased in the South Carolina plant by $46.6 million, and revenues associated with Rite Aid increased by $11.4 million due primarily due to increased license fees as a result of Rite Aid opening 401 stores for the year ended December 31, 2008 as opposed to 101 stores for the 2007 Successor Period.
Cost of Sales
          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs, increased $268.4 million, or 33.0%, to $1,082.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $814.2 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percent of net revenue, decreased to 65.3% in the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 66.5% for the 2007 Successor Period.
          Product costs. Product costs increased $201.4 million, or 33.1%, to $810.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $609.1 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. To a lesser extent, the increased product costs were the result of increased sales volumes and rising raw material prices. Product costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 include $15.5 million of non-cash expense from amortization of inventory step up to fair value due to the Merger. Consolidated product costs, as a percentage of net revenue, declined to 48.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 49.8% for the 2007 Successor Period.

51


Table of Contents

          Warehousing and distribution costs. Warehousing and distribution costs increased $14.6 million, or 34.1%, to $57.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $42.9 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. To a lesser extent, the increase was due to increases in shipping and fuel costs, and an increase in wages to support internet fulfillment. Consolidated warehousing and distribution costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 3.5% for both the year ended December 31, 2008 and the 2007 Successor Period.
          Occupancy costs. Occupancy costs increased $52.4 million, or 32.3%, to $214.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $162.2 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, we recognized higher lease related costs, primarily as a result of scheduled increases in our store leases, and the addition of 29 corporate stores since December 31, 2007, and an increase in depreciation expense related to these same additional stores. Consolidated occupancy costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 13.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 13.3% for the 2007 Successor Period.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense increased $101.5 million, or 33.6%, to $403.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $302.1 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenues, were 24.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 24.7% for the 2007 Successor Period.
          Compensation and related benefits. Compensation and related benefits increased $54.0 million, or 27.6%, to $249.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $195.8 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Secondarily, full-time and part-time wages increased to support an increased sales volume and store base. Compensation and related benefits, as a percentage of net revenues, was 15.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 16.0% for the 2007 Successor Period.
          Advertising and promotion. Advertising and promotion expenses increased $20.1 million, or 57.3%, to $55.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $35.0 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Advertising and promotion costs, as a percentage of net revenues, were 3.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2.9% for the 2007 Successor Period. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in agency fees and media advertising.
          Other SG&A. Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, increased $27.4 million, or 38.6%, to $98.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $71.3 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Other SG&A expenses, as a percentage of net revenues were 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 5.8% for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase is attributable to additional third party commission expense on higher commission sales, higher telecommunications expense due to the installation of a new POS register system, and higher bad debt expense. Other SG&A expenses, as a percentage of net revenues were 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 5.8% for the 2007 Successor Period.
Foreign Currency (Loss) Gain
          Foreign currency loss/gain for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the 2007 Successor Period resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary. We incurred a loss of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a gain of $0.4 million for the 2007 Successor Period.

52


Table of Contents

Operating Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated operating income increased $62.7 million, or 58.5%, to $169.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $107.1 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 8.8% for the 2007 Successor Period.
          Retail. Operating income increased $34.4 million, or 32.4%, to $140.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $106.5 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Included in the 2007 Successor Period was $9.6 million of amortization of inventory and lease step up adjustments as a result of the Merger. The increase in operating income was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, higher dollar margins on increased sales volumes and lower operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue, contributed to the increase in operating income.
          Franchise. Operating income increased $25.8 million, or 46.9%, to $80.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $55.0 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Included in the 2007 Successor Period was $0.1 million of amortization of inventory step up adjustments as a result of the Merger. The increase in operating income was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase was due to an increase in margins related to higher wholesale sales to our international and domestic franchisees, offset by increases in intangible amortization as a result of the Merger, and higher bad debt expense.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Operating income increased $28.5 million, or 73.1%, to $67.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $38.9 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Included in the 2007 Successor Period was $5.7 million of amortization of inventory step up adjustments as a result of the Merger. The increase in operating income was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase in operating income was the result of improved margins on our third-party contract sales and increases in Rite Aid license fee revenue.
          Warehousing and distribution costs. Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs increased $13.5 million, or 33.3%, to $54.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $40.7 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase in costs was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase in cost was due to increases in fuel and shipping costs, and additional wages to support our internet fulfillment business.
          Corporate costs. Corporate costs increased $12.5 million, or 23.8%, to $65.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $52.6 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase in costs was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period.
Interest Expense
          Interest expense increased $7.5 million, or 9.9%, to $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $75.5 million for the 2007 Successor Period. This increase is primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period.
Income Tax Expense
          We recognized $32.0 million of consolidated income tax expense (or 36.9% of pre-tax income) during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $12.6 million (or 39.9% of pre-tax income) for the 2007 Successor Period. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately 36.9%, which includes discrete tax benefits of $2.0 million. The effective tax rate for the 2007 Successor Period was approximately 39.9%.

53


Table of Contents

Net Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income increased $35.8 million, or 188.5%, to $54.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $19.0 million for the 2007 Successor Period.
Predecessor Period 2007 — January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007
Because the basic operations of the Company did not change as a result of the Merger, there were no significant differences in the Company’s financial results of operations and operational trends for the predecessor period of January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, except for the following:
    Compensation and related benefits included $3.8 million of non-cash stock based compensation generated as a result of the cancellation of all stock options at the merger date; $9.6 million in accelerated discretionary payments made to vested option holders (including the associated payroll taxes), and $1.9 million in incentives related to the Merger.
 
    Merger related costs included costs incurred by our parent, and recognized by us, in relation to the Merger, of $34.6 million. These costs were comprised of selling-related expenses of $26.4 million, a contract termination fee paid to our previous owner of $7.5 million, and other costs of $0.7 million.
 
    Interest expense included the write-off of $34.8 million of call premiums and deferred fee write-offs as a result of the Merger.
As a result of the additional Merger related expenses described above, we recognized a $10.7 million tax benefit for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
          At December 31, 2009, we had $75.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $382.6 million in working capital compared with $42.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and $305.1 million in working capital at December 31, 2008. The $77.5 million increase in our working capital was driven by increases in our inventory and cash and a decrease in our accrued interest, accounts payable and current portion of long-term debt. This was offset by a decrease in our deferred taxes.
          We expect to fund our operations through internally generated cash and, if necessary, from borrowings under our $60.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). At December 31, 2009, we had $52.1 million available under the Revolving Credit Facility, after giving effect to $7.9 million utilized to secure letters of credit. In September 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Lehman”), whose subsidiaries have a $6.3 million credit commitment under our Revolving Credit Facility, filed for bankruptcy. We do not expect that Lehman will fund its pro rata share of the borrowing as required under the facility. If other financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us are adversely affected by the condition of the U.S. and international capital markets, they may become unable to fund borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which could have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and our ability to borrow additional funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other corporate purposes.
          We expect our primary uses of cash in the near future will be debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. In July 2009, our board of directors declared a $13.6 million dividend to our direct parent company, GNC Corporation, with a payment date of August 30, 2009. GNC Acquisition Holdings, Inc., our ultimate parent company, was the final recipient of this dividend. The dividend was paid with cash generated from operations.
          We currently anticipate that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding Lehman’s commitment), will be sufficient for the term of the facility, which matures on March 15, 2012, to meet our operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due. However, our ability to make scheduled payments of principal on, to pay interest on, or to refinance our debt and to satisfy our other debt obligations

54


Table of Contents

will depend on our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond our control. We are currently in compliance with our debt covenant reporting and compliance obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility.
          Cash Provided by Operating Activities
          Cash provided by operating activities was $114.0 million, $77.4 million, $92.0 million and ($50.9) million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, respectively. The primary reason for the changes in each year was the change in net income between each of the periods and changes in working capital accounts. Net income increased $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the same period in 2008. Net income increased $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the 2007 Successor Period; however, inventory increases during 2008 offset the increase in net income.
          For the year ended December 31, 2009, inventory increased $15.7 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and a decrease in our reserves. Accounts payable decreased $28.1 million, primarily due to the timing of disbursements. Accrued liabilities increased by $0.8 million, primarily the result of increased deferred revenue.
          For the year ended December 31, 2008, inventory increased $48.2 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and work in process inventories. Accounts payable increased $22.0 million, primarily the result of increases in inventory. Accrued liabilities decreased by $16.1 million, primarily the result of decreases in accrued payroll related to the timing of the pay with year end.
          For the 2007 Successor Period, inventory decreased $4.0 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and a decrease in our reserves. Franchise notes receivable decreased $2.6 million for the 2007 Successor Period, as a result of payments on existing notes, a reduction in our receivable portfolio, fewer company-financed franchise store openings and more store closings. Accrued liabilities increased by $29.0 million, primarily the result of increases in accrued interest on debt and increases in accrued payroll.
    Cash Used in Investing Activities
          We used cash from investing activities of $42.2 million, $60.4 million, $1,671.3 million, and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, respectively. We used cash of $11.3 million, $10.8 million and $1,642.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the 2007 Successor Period, respectively, related to the Merger. Capital expenditures, which were primarily for improvements to our retail stores and our South Carolina manufacturing facility and which represent the majority of our remaining cash used in investing activities, were $28.7 million, $48.7 million, $28.8 million and $5.7 million, during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, respectively. In 2008, we invested $1.0 million in the purchase of certain intangible assets from a third party.
Cash Used in Financing Activities
          We used cash of $39.3 million in 2009 for payments on long-term debt, including $3.8 million for an excess cash payment in March 2009 under the requirements of the 2007 Senior Credit Facility. This payment was calculated based on 2008 financial results as defined by the 2007 Senior Credit Facility. In addition, we repaid the outstanding $5.4 million balance on the Revolving Credit Facility in May 2009 and made $14.0 million in optional repayments on the 2007 Senior Credit facility ($9.0 million in June 2009 and $5.0 million in December 2009). A $13.6 million dividend declared in July 2009 was paid in August 2009 to GNC Corporation, our direct parent.
          We used cash from financing activities of $8.0 million in 2008 for required payments on long term debt and received $5.4 million from borrowings on the Revolving Credit Facility.

55


Table of Contents

          We received cash from financing activities of $1,598.7 million in the 2007 Successor Period. The primary uses of this cash were: (1) proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, (2) borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility, and (3) issuance of new equity.
          $735.0 Million Senior Credit Facility. The Senior Credit Facility consists of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $7.9 million and $6.2 million was pledged to secure letters of credit, respectively. The term loan facility will mature in September 2013. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature in March 2012. The Senior Credit Facility permits us to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties (except LIBOR breakage costs). Subject to certain exceptions, commencing in fiscal 2008, the Credit Agreement requires that 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty insurance, condemnations and debt issuances, and a specified percentage (ranging from 50% to 0% based on a defined leverage ratio) of excess cash flow (as defined in the agreement) for each fiscal year must be used to pay down outstanding borrowings. GNC Corporation, our direct parent company, and our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed our obligations under the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by first priority pledges (subject to permitted liens) of our equity interests and the equity interests of our domestic subsidiaries.
          All borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect) and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.50% per annum plus, at December 31, 2008, in each case, applicable margins of 1.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 1.0% per annum for the revolving credit facility or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 2.0% per annum for the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of unutilized revolving loan commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum.
          The Senior Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including incurrence covenants and certain other limitations on the ability of GNC Corporation, us, and our subsidiaries to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, pay dividends or other payments on capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, enter into arrangements that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, and change the passive holding company status of GNC Corporation.
          The Senior Credit Facility contains events of default, including (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the senior credit facility when due, (2) breaches of covenants, (3) inaccuracies of representations and warranties, (4) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) material judgments, (7) certain matters arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (8) the actual or asserted invalidity of documents relating to any guarantee or security document, (9) the actual or asserted invalidity of any subordination terms supporting the Senior Credit Facility, and (10) the occurrence of a change in control. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the facilities and take various other actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a collateralized creditor. If certain bankruptcy events occur, the facilities will automatically accelerate.
          Senior Toggle Notes. In connection with the Merger, we completed a private offering of $300.0 million of our Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes are our senior non collateralized obligations and are effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future collateralized debt, including the Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the assets securing such debt, rank equally with all our existing and future non collateralized senior debt and rank senior to all our existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined below). The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior non collateralized basis by each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Notes indenture). If we fail to make payments on the Senior Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.

56


Table of Contents

          We may elect in our sole discretion to pay interest on the Senior Notes in cash, entirely by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Notes or issuing Senior Notes (“PIK interest”), or on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Notes or by issuing Senior Notes (“partial PIK interest”). Cash interest on the Senior Notes accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 4.5% per annum, and PIK interest, if any, accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 5.25% per annum. If we elect to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest, it will increase the principal amount of the Senior Notes or issue Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) to holders of the Senior Notes on the relevant record date. To date, we have elected to pay cash interest. The Senior Notes are treated as having been issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
          We may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time, at specified redemption prices. If we experience certain kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
          The Senior Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase our stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict our ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Notes indenture restricts our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to our or their stockholders.
          10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. In connection with the Merger, we completed a private offering of $110.0 million of our 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Senior Subordinated Notes are our senior subordinated non collateralized obligations and are subordinated to all our existing and future senior debt, including our Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Notes and rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all our existing and future subordinated debt. The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated non collateralized basis by each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Notes indenture). If we fail to make payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 10.75% per year from March 16, 2007 and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2007.
          We may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Notes at any time, at specified redemption prices. If we experience certain kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
          The Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase our stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict our ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Subordinated Notes indenture restricts our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to our stockholders.

57


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
     The following table summarizes our future minimum non-cancelable contractual obligations at December 31, 2009:
                                         
    Payments due by period
            Less than            
(in millions)   Total   1 year   1-3 years   4-5 years   After 5 years
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 1,061.8     $ 1.5     $ 11.7     $ 938.6     $ 110.0  
Scheduled interest payments (2)
    221.4       61.3       101.4       56.3       2.4  
Operating lease obligations (3)
    426.7       106.5       154.6       85.0       80.6  
Purchase commitments (4)(5)
    20.6       9.0       5.1       3.1       3.4  
     
 
  $ 1,730.5     $ 178.3     $ 272.8     $ 1,083.0     $ 196.4  
     
 
(1)   These balances consist of the following debt obligations: (a) $644.6 million for the Senior Credit Facility based on a variable interest rate; (b) $300.0 million for our Senior Notes based on a variable interest rate; (c) $110.0 million for our Senior Subordinated Notes with a fixed interest rate; and (d) $7.2 million for our mortgage with a fixed interest rate. Repayment of the Senior Credit Facility is based on the current amortization schedule and does not take into account any unscheduled payments that may occur due to our future cash positions.
 
(2)   The interest that will accrue on the long-term obligations includes variable rate payments, which are estimated using the associated LIBOR index as of December 31, 2009. The Senior Credit Facility uses the three month LIBOR index while the Senior Notes uses the six month LIBOR index. Also included in the scheduled interest payments is the activity associated with our interest rate swap agreements which also use the three month LIBOR index and the six month LIBOR index.
 
(3)   These balances consist of the following operating leases: (a) $407.3 million for company-owned retail stores; (b) $62.4 million for franchise retail stores, which is offset by $62.4 million of sublease income from franchisees; and (c) $19.4 million relating to various leases for tractors/trailers, warehouses, automobiles, and various equipment at our facilities.
 
(4)   These balances consist of $6.8 million of advertising, $0.5 million in inventory commitments, $2.5 million of required spending for website redesign and $10.8 million related to a management services agreement. In connection with the Merger, we entered into a management services agreement with our parent, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., pursuant to which we agreed to pay an annual fee of $1.5 million in consideration for certain management and advisory services. See Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Management Services Agreement.”
 
(5)   We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate as to when cash settlement with taxing authorities may occur for our unrecognized tax benefits. Also, certain other long term liabilities, included in our consolidated balance sheet relate principally to the fair value of our interest rate swap agreement, and rent escalation liabilities, and we are unable to estimate the timing of these payments. Therefore, these long term liabilities are not included in the table above. See Note 5, “Income Taxes,” and Note 14, “Other Long Term Liabilities,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
          In addition to the obligations scheduled above, we have entered into employment agreements with certain executives that provide for compensation and certain other benefits. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control, some of these agreements provide for severance or other payments, if those circumstances would ever occur during the term of the employment agreement.

58


Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
          As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are, therefore, not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market, or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.
          We had a balance of unused barter credits on account with a third-party barter agency, which were generated by exchanging inventory with a third-party barter vendor. In exchange, the barter vendor supplied us with barter credits. We did not record a sale on the transaction as the inventory sold was for expiring products that were previously fully reserved for on our balance sheet. In accordance with the standard on nonmonetary transactions, a sale is recorded based on either the value given up or the value received, whichever is more easily determinable. The value of the inventory was determined to be zero, as the inventory was fully reserved. Therefore, these credits were not recognized on the balance sheet and would only have been realized if we purchased services or products through the bartering company. The barter credits expired as of March 31, 2009.
Effect of Inflation
          Inflation generally affects us by increasing costs of raw materials, labor, and equipment. We do not believe that inflation had any material effect on our results of operations in the periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Estimates
          You should review the significant accounting policies described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading ‘Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ included elsewhere in this report.
    Use of Estimates
          Certain amounts in our financial statements require management to use estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Our accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading ‘Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ included elsewhere in this report. Our critical accounting policies and estimates are described in this section. An accounting estimate is considered critical if:
    the estimate requires management to make assumptions about matters that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made;
 
    different estimates reasonably could have been used; or
 
    changes in the estimate that would have a material impact on our financial condition or our results of operations are likely to occur from period to period.
          Management believes that the accounting estimates used are appropriate and the resulting balances are reasonable. However, actual results could differ from the original estimates, requiring adjustments to these balances in future periods.

59


Table of Contents

    Revenue Recognition
          We operate primarily as a retailer, through company-owned stores, franchised stores, and to a lesser extent, as a wholesaler. On December 28, 2005, we started recognizing revenue through product sales on our website, www.gnc.com. We apply the provisions of the standard on revenue recognition, which requires the following:
    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.
 
    Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.
 
    The price is fixed or determinable.
 
    Collectability is reasonably assured.
          We recognize revenues in our Retail segment at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. Gross revenues are reduced by actual customer returns and a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management’s estimates after a review of historical customer returns. We recognize revenues on product sales to franchisees and other third parties when the risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee or third-party. We recognize revenues from franchise fees at the time a franchised store opens or at the time of franchise renewal or transfer, as applicable.
    Inventories
          Where necessary, we provide estimated allowances to adjust the carrying value of our inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value. These estimates require us to make approximations about the future demand for our products in order to categorize the status of such inventory items as slow moving, obsolete, or in excess of need. These future estimates are subject to the ongoing accuracy of management’s forecasts of market conditions, industry trends, and competition. We are also subject to volatile changes in specific product demand as a result of unfavorable publicity, government regulation, and rapid changes in demand for new and improved products or services.
    Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
          The majority of our retail revenues are received as cash or cash equivalents. The majority of our franchise revenues are billed to the franchisees with varying terms for payment. We offer financing to qualified domestic franchisees with the initial purchase of a franchise location. The notes are demand notes, payable monthly over periods of five to seven years. We generate a significant portion of our revenue from ongoing product sales to franchisees and third-party customers. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on regular evaluations of our franchisees’ and third-party customers’ financial health, the current status of trade receivables, and any historical write-off experience. We maintain both specific and general reserves for doubtful accounts. General reserves are based upon our historical bad debt experience, overall review of our aging of accounts receivable balances, general economic conditions of our industry, or the geographical regions and regulatory environments of our third-party customers and franchisees.
    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, are evaluated periodically by us for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates of cash flow require significant management judgment and certain assumptions about future volume, revenue and expense growth rates, foreign exchange rates, devaluation and inflation. As such, this estimate may differ from actual cash flows.

60


Table of Contents

    Self-Insurance
          We have procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. We are self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) workers’ compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to our tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. We are not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis. Our associated liability for this self-insurance was not significant as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Prior to the Numico acquisition, General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was included as an insured under several of Numico’s global insurance policies.
          We carry product liability insurance with a retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. We carry general liability insurance with retention of $110,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of the Company’s workers’ compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. We reimburse the insurance company for the workers compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.
          As part of the medical benefits program, we contract with national service providers to provide benefits to our employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. We then reimburse these service providers as claims are processed from our employees. We maintain a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per incident with a maximum limit up to $2.0 million per participant, per benefit year, respectively. We have no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. Our liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits as described in Note 10, “Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, and was $2.0 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
    Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
          On an annual basis, we perform a valuation of the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets associated with our operating segments. To the extent that the fair value associated with the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the recorded value, we write down the value of the asset. The valuation of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is affected by, among other things, our business plan for the future, and estimated results of future operations. Changes in the business plan or operating results that are different than the estimates used to develop the valuation of the assets may result in an impact on their valuation.
          Historically, we have recognized impairments to our goodwill and intangible assets based on declining financial results and market conditions. The most recent valuation was performed at October 1, 2009, and no impairment was found. There was also no impairment found during 2009 or 2008. See the “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Based upon our improved capitalization of our financial statements subsequent to the Numico acquisition, the stabilization of our financial condition, our anticipated future results based on current estimates and current market conditions, we do not currently expect to incur additional impairment charges in the near future, however, recent global events could have a negative effect on our business and operating results which could affect the valuation of our intangibles.
    Leases
          We have various operating leases for company-owned and franchised store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, we receive varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate us for costs incurred in the construction of stores. We amortize these reimbursements as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. We determine the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conform it to the term used for amortizing improvements.

61


Table of Contents

          Income Taxes
          We are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences in recognition of income (loss) for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. We then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset. Further, we operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve and could result in additional assessments of income tax. We believe adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all periods.
          We adopted the update to the standard on income taxes at the beginning of fiscal 2007. As a result of the adoption of this standard, we recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by the interpretation. The first step requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that the tax position has met the threshold for recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to measure the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an income tax return as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. This measurement step is inherently difficult and requires subjective estimations of such amounts to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate the uncertain tax positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
     Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals. If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, it could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
     In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued a standard on Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This standard establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on our financial statements.
     In June 2009, the SEC issued a staff accounting bulletin (“SAB”) that revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the codification of SABs in order to make the interpretive guidance consistent with U.S. GAAP. The principal revisions include deletion of material no longer necessary or that has been superseded because of the issuance of new standards. We adopted this SAB during the second quarter of 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     Fair Value
     In September 2006, the FASB issued new standards on fair value measurements and disclosures. These new standards define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. The new standard applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. The original standard was initially

62


Table of Contents

effective as of January 1, 2008, but in February 2008 the FASB delayed the effectiveness date for applying this standard to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not currently recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, except for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, for which application has been deferred for one year. We adopted this new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities. See Note 23, “Fair Value Measurements,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report. We evaluated the impact of the standard on the valuation of all nonfinancial assets and liabilities, including those measured at fair value in goodwill, brands, and indefinite lived intangible asset impairment testing; the adoption had no impact on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009.
          In February 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on financial instruments that amends a previously issued standard. This standard expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. The objective of the standard is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Under the standard, a company may elect to use fair value to measure eligible items at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Eligible items include, but are not limited to, accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method investments, accounts payable, guarantees, issued debt and firm commitments. The new standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adoption of this standard did not affect the financial statements as we did not elect to use the fair value option.
     In October 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on determining the fair value of a financial asset. This standard clarifies the application of accounting standards in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. The new standard was effective upon issuance for financial statements that have not been issued. The adoption of this new standard did not have any impact on our financial assets and liabilities.
     In August 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on fair value measurements and disclosures. This update provides guidance on the manner in which the fair value of liabilities should be determined. This update is effective for annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on our financial statements.
          Business Combinations and Consolidations
     In December 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on business combinations. This new standard establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. The new standard significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the treatment of contingent consideration, preacquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under this standard, changes in an acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions after the measurement period will impact the acquirer’s income tax expense. The standard provides guidance regarding what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The original standard became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited and amends the standard on income taxes such that adjustments made to deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies after January 1, 2009, even for business combinations completed before this date, will impact net income. We adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.

63


Table of Contents

     In December 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on consolidation. The issuance of this new standard changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which have been recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method significantly changes the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. We adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on consolidations. The standard is intended to improve financial reporting by providing additional guidance to companies involved with variable interest entities and by requiring additional disclosures about a company’s involvement in variable interest entities. This standard is effective for interim and annual periods ending after January 1, 2010. The adoption of this standard will not have any impact on our financial statements.
     Other
     In March 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on derivatives and hedging. The new standard requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information that should enable financial statement users to understand how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The new standard was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. We adopted this new standard during the first quarter of 2009; the adoption had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     In April 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on goodwill and intangibles which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible. The intent of this new standard is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. We adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have a any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     In April 2009, the FASB issued a new standard on the disclosure of financial instruments. This standard brings the interpretive guidance into alignment with the changes in U.S. GAAP. We adopted this standard during the second quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     In May 2009, the FASB issued a standard on subsequent events which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosing of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The intent of this standard is to incorporate accounting guidance that originated as auditing standards into the body of authoritative literature issued by the FASB which is consistent with the FASB’s objective to codify all authoritative U.S. accounting guidance related to a particular topic in one place. We adopted this standard during the second quarter of 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.In September 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on income taxes. This update adds to the definition of a tax position of an entity’s status, including its status as a pass-through entity, eliminates certain disclosure requirements for non-public entities, and provides application for pass-through entities. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on our financial statements.

64


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
          Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are primarily exposed to foreign currency and interest rate risks. We do not use derivative financial instruments in connection with these commodity market risks.
          We are exposed to market risks from interest rate changes on our variable rate debt. Although changes in interest rates do not impact our operating income, the changes could affect the fair value of our interest rate swaps and interest payments. As of December 31, 2009, we had fixed rate debt of $117.2 million and variable rate debt of $942.6 million. In conjunction with the Merger, we entered into interest rate swaps, effective April 2, 2007, which effectively convert a portion of the variable LIBOR component of the effective interest rate on two $150.0 million notional portions of our debt under our $675.0 million Senior Credit Facility to a fixed rate over a specified term. Each of these $150.0 million notional amounts has a three month LIBOR tranche conforming to the interest payment dates on the term loan. During September 2008, we entered into two new forward agreements with start dates of the expiration dates of the pre-existing interest rate swap agreements (April 2009 and April 2010). In September 2008, we also entered into a new interest rate swap agreement with an effective date of September 30, 2008 that effectively converted an additional notional amount of $100.0 million of debt from a floating to a fixed interest rate. The $100.0 million notional amount has a three month LIBOR tranche conforming to the interest payment dates on the term loan. In June 2009 we entered into a new swap agreement with an effective date of September 15, 2009. The $150.0 million notional amount has a six month LIBOR tranche conforming to the interest payment dates on the Senior Notes.
          These agreements are summarized in the following table:
                 
    Total Notional            
Derivative   Amount   Term   Counterparty Pays   Company Pays
Interest Rate Swap
  $150.0 million   April 2007-April 2010   3 month LIBOR   4.90%
Interest Rate Swap
  $150.0 million   April 2009-April 2011   3 month LIBOR   3.07%
Forward Interest Rate Swap
  $150.0 million   April 2010-April 2011   3 month LIBOR   3.41%
Interest Rate Swap
  $100.0 million   September 2008-September 2011   3 month LIBOR   3.31%
Interest Rate Swap
  $150.0 million   September 2009-September 2012   6 month LIBOR   2.68%
          Based on our variable rate debt balance as of December 31, 2009, a 1% change in interest rates would increase or decrease our annual interest cost by $3.9 million.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
          We are subject to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate changes in the conversion from local currencies to the U.S. dollar of the reported financial position and operating results of our non-U.S. based subsidiaries. We are also subject to foreign currency exchange rate changes for purchases of goods and services that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The primary currency to which we are exposed to fluctuations is the Canadian Dollar. The fair value of our net foreign investments and our foreign denominated payables would not be materially affected by a 10% adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates for the periods presented.

65


 

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
    67  
 
       
       
As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
    70  
 
       
       
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007
    71  
 
       
       
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007
    72  
 
       
       
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007
    73  
 
       
    74  

66


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of General Nutrition Centers, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(2), present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was an integrated audit in 2009). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

67


Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 11, 2010

68


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of General Nutrition Centers, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, of stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
July 30, 2007

69


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 75,089     $ 42,307  
Receivables, net (Note 3)
    94,355       89,413  
Inventories, net (Note 4)
    370,492       363,654  
Deferred tax assets, net (Note 5)
          11,455  
Prepaids and other current assets (Note 6)
    42,219       47,952  
 
           
Total current assets
    582,155       554,781  
 
               
Long-term assets:
               
Goodwill (Note 7)
    624,753       622,909  
Brands (Note 7)
    720,000       720,000  
Other intangible assets, net (Note 7)
    154,370       163,176  
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 8)
    199,581       206,154  
Deferred financing fees, net (Note 2)
    18,411       22,470  
Other long-term assets (Note 9)
    4,332       2,518  
 
           
Total long-term assets
    1,721,447       1,737,227  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 2,303,602     $ 2,292,008  
 
           
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 95,904     $ 123,577  
Accrued payroll and related liabilities (Note 10)
    22,277       22,582  
Accrued interest (Note 12)
    14,552       15,745  
Current portion, long-term debt (Note 12)
    1,724       13,509  
Deferred revenue and other current liabilities (Note 11)
    65,130       74,309  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    199,587       249,722  
 
               
Long-term liabilities:
               
Long-term debt (Note 12)
    1,058,085       1,071,237  
Deferred tax liabilities, net (Note 5)
    288,894       278,003  
Other long-term liabilities (Note 13)
    39,520       40,984  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
    1,386,499       1,390,224  
 
           
Total liabilities
    1,586,086       1,639,946  
 
               
Stockholder’s equity:
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value,
1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding (Note 17)
           
Paid-in-capital
    594,932       592,355  
Retained earnings
    129,783       73,764  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 17)
    (7,199 )     (14,057 )
 
           
Total stockholder’s equity
    717,516       652,062  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 2,303,602     $ 2,292,008  
 
           
 
               
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

70


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands)
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
 
                                 
Revenue
  $ 1,707,007     $ 1,656,729     $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829  
 
                                 
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
    1,116,437       1,082,630       814,238         212,175  
 
                         
Gross profit
    590,570       574,099       408,749         117,654  
 
                                 
Compensation and related benefits
    263,046       249,793       195,792         64,311  
Advertising and promotion
    50,034       55,060       35,062         20,473  
Other selling, general and administrative
    96,454       98,732       71,213         17,396  
Foreign currency loss (gain)
    (155 )     733       (424 )       (154 )
Merger-related costs (Note 1)
                        34,603  
 
                         
Operating income (loss)
    181,191       169,781       107,106         (18,975 )
 
                                 
Interest expense, net (Note 12)
    69,953       83,000       75,522         43,036  
 
                         
 
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    111,238       86,781       31,584         (62,011 )
 
                                 
Income tax expense (benefit) (Note 5)
    41,619       32,001       12,600         (10,697 )
 
                         
 
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 69,619     $ 54,780     $ 18,984       $ (51,314 )
 
                         
 
                                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

71


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands, except share data)
                                                 
                                    Accumulated        
                                    Other     Total  
    Common Stock             Retained     Comprehensive     Stockholder’s  
Predecessor   Shares     Dollars     Paid-in-Capital     Earnings     Income/(Loss)     Equity  
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2006
    100     $     $ 261,899     $ 49,108     $ 1,324     $ 312,331  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Net loss
                      (51,314 )           (51,314 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            (283 )     (283 )
 
                                             
Comprehensive loss
                                            (51,597 )
 
                                               
Adoption of FIN 48
                      (418 )           (418 )
Cancellation of stock options
                (47,018 )                 (47,018 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                4,124                   4,124  
Capital contribution from selling shareholder
                463,393                   463,393  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Balance at March 15, 2007
    100     $     $ 682,398     $ (2,624 )   $ 1,041     $ 680,815  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Successor
                                               
 
                                               
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Net income
                      18,984             18,984  
Unrealized loss on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $2,051
                            (3,584 )     (3,584 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            2,732       2,732  
 
                                             
Comprehensive income
                                            18,132  
 
                                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc.
    100             589,000                   589,000  
Return of capital to GNC Corporation
                (314 )                 (314 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                1,907                   1,907  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2007
    100     $     $ 590,593     $ 18,984     $ (852 )   $ 608,725  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Net income
                      54,780             54,780  
Unrealized loss on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $4,829
                            (8,438 )     (8,438 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            (4,767 )     (4,767 )
 
                                             
Comprehensive income
                                            41,575  
 
                                               
Return of capital to GNC Corporation
                (832 )                 (832 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                2,594                   2,594  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2008
    100     $     $ 592,355     $ 73,764     $ (14,057 )   $ 652,062  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Net income
                      69,619             69,619  
Unrealized gain on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1,537
                            2,686       2,686  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                            4,172       4,172  
 
                                             
Comprehensive income
                                            76,477  
 
                                               
Return of capital to GNC Corporation
                (278 )                 (278 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation
                2,855                   2,855  
Dividend payment
                      (13,600 )           (13,600 )
 
                                               
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2009
    100     $     $ 594,932     $ 129,783     $ (7,199 )   $ 717,516  
 
                                   
 
                                               
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

72


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended                
                    March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Net income
  $ 69,619     $ 54,780     $ 18,984       $ (51,314 )
 
                                 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                 
Depreciation expense
    36,906       31,562       20,810         6,510  
Deferred fee writedown — early debt extinguishment
                              11,680  
Amortization of intangible assets
    9,759       10,891       9,191         866  
Amortization of deferred financing fees
    4,104       3,907       2,921         589  
Amortization of original issue discount
    374       339       247          
Increase in provision for inventory losses
    11,151       14,406       10,400         2,247  
Non-cash stock-based compensation
    2,855       2,594       1,907         4,124  
(Decrease) increase in provision for losses on accounts receivable
    (2,540 )     253       (335 )       (39 )
Decrease (increase) in net deferred taxes
    21,431       24,371       9,303         (3,874 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                 
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (3,488 )     (5,371 )     (10,752 )       1,676  
Increase in inventory, net
    (15,661 )     (48,248 )     (6,377 )       (2,128 )
(Increase) decrease in franchise note receivables, net
    (314 )     1,008       2,587         912  
Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes
    2,777       (10,495 )     12,619         (4,967 )
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    4,187       (6,259 )     (7,474 )       3,394  
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
    (28,119 )     22,075       (986 )       (387 )
(Decrease) increase in interest payable
    (1,193 )     (2,365 )     18,110         (7,531 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities
    2,109       (16,083 )     10,882         (12,682 )
 
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    113,957       77,365       92,037         (50,924 )
 
                         
 
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Capital expenditures
    (28,682 )     (48,666 )     (28,851 )       (5,693 )
Acquisition of the Company
    (11,268 )     (10,842 )     (1,642,061 )        
Franchise store conversions
    239       404       77          
Acquisition of intangibles
          (1,000 )              
Store acquisition costs
    (2,463 )     (321 )     (489 )       (555 )
 
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (42,174 )     (60,425 )     (1,671,324 )       (6,248 )
 
                         
 
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Issuance of new equity
                552,291          
Return of capital to Parent company
    (278 )     (832 )     (314 )        
Contribution from selling shareholders
                        463,393  
Dividend payment
    (13,600 )                    
Borrowings from new revolving credit facility
          5,375       10,500          
Payments on new revolving credit facility
    (5,375 )           (10,500 )        
Borrowings from new senior credit facility
                675,000          
Proceeds from issuance of new senior sub notes
                110,000          
Proceeds from issuance of new senior notes
                297,000          
Redemption of 8 5/8% senior notes
                        (150,000 )
Redemption of 8 1/2% senior notes
                        (215,000 )
Payment of 2003 senior credit facility
                        (55,290 )
Payments on long-term debt
    (19,952 )     (7,974 )     (6,021 )       (334 )
Financing fees
    (45 )           (29,298 )        
 
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (39,250 )     (3,431 )     1,598,658         42,769  
 
                         
Effect of exchange rate on cash
    249       (56 )     (29 )       (165 )
 
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    32,782       13,453       19,342         (14,568 )
Beginning balance, cash
    42,307       28,854       9,512         24,080  
 
                         
Ending balance, cash
  $ 75,089     $ 42,307     $ 28,854       $ 9,512  
 
                         
 
                                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

73


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS
          General Nature of Business. General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (“GNC” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a leading specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include: vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements (“VMHS”), sports nutrition products, diet products and other wellness products.
          The Company’s organizational structure is vertically integrated as the operations consist of purchasing raw materials, formulating and manufacturing products and selling the finished products through its retail, franchising and manufacturing/wholesale segments. The Company operates primarily in three business segments: Retail; Franchising; and Manufacturing/Wholesale. Corporate retail store operations are located in North America and Puerto Rico and in addition the Company offers products domestically through www.gnc.com and www.drugstore.com. Franchise stores are located in the United States and 47 international countries. The Company operates its primary manufacturing facilities in South Carolina and distribution centers in Arizona, Pennsylvania and South Carolina. The Company manufactures the majority of its branded products, but also merchandises various third-party products. Additionally, the Company licenses the use of its trademarks and trade names.
          The processing, formulation, packaging, labeling and advertising of the Company’s products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), Consumer Product Safety Commission, United States Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which the Company’s products are sold.
          Merger of the Company. On February 8, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation, our ultimate parent company at the time, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with GNC Acquisition Inc. and its parent company, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (“Parent”), pursuant to which GNC Acquisition Inc. agreed to merge with and into GNC Parent Corporation, and as a result GNC Parent Corporation would continue as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (the “Merger”). The purchase equity contribution was made by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (“ACOF”) and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (“OTPP”), together with additional institutional investors and certain management of the Company. The transaction closed on March 16, 2007 and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The transaction occurred between unrelated parties and no common control existed. The merger consideration (excluding acquisition costs of $13.7 million) totaled $1.65 billion, including the repayment of existing debt and other liabilities, and was funded with a combination of equity contributions and the issuance of new debt. The following reconciles the total merger consideration to the cash purchase price:
         
    March 16, 2007  
    (in thousands)  
Merger consideration
  $ 1,650,000  
Acquisition costs
    13,732  
Debt assumed by buyer
    (10,773 )
 
     
Fair value of net assets acquired
    1,652,959  
Non-cash rollover of shares
    (36,709 )
 
     
Cash paid at acquisition
  $ 1,616,250  
 
     
          The Company was subject to certain tax adjustments that were settled upon filing of the predecessor’s final tax return, and receipt of the tax refund associated with that return. Also, pursuant to the Merger agreement, the Company agreed to pay additional consideration for amounts refunded from tax returns. During the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the Company paid $25.9 million for total cash paid for the Merger of $1,642.1 million. In September 2008, pursuant to the Merger agreement, $10.8 million of additional consideration was paid as a result of the Company filing its March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 consolidated federal tax return. In the fourth quarter of 2009, pursuant to the Merger

74


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
agreement, $11.3 million of additional consideration was paid as a result of the Company filing its 2008 consolidated federal tax return. The Merger agreement requires payments to former shareholders and optionholders in lieu of income tax payments made for utilizing net operating losses (“NOL’s”) created as a result of the Merger.
          In connection with the Merger on March 16, 2007, the Company issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. In addition, the Company obtained a senior credit facility comprised of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company borrowed the entire $675.0 million under the term loan facility and $10.5 million under the revolving credit facility to fund a portion of the acquisition price. The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility, its 8 5/8% senior notes issued in January 2005, and its 8 1/2% senior subordinated notes issued in December 2003. The Company contributed the remainder of the debt proceeds, after payment of fees and expenses, to a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary, which then loaned such net proceeds to GNC Parent Corporation. GNC Parent Corporation used those proceeds, together with the equity contributions, to repay GNC Parent Corporation’s outstanding floating rate senior PIK notes issued in November 2006, pay the merger consideration, and pay fees and expenses related to the Merger transactions.
          In connection with the Merger, the Company recognized charges of $34.6 million in the period ending March 15, 2007. In addition, the Company recognized compensation charges associated with the Merger of $15.3 million in the period ending March 15, 2007.
          Pursuant to the Merger agreement, as amended, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation with GNC Parent Corporation surviving the Merger. Subsequently on March 16, 2007, GNC Parent was converted into a Delaware limited liability company and renamed GNC Parent LLC.
          In conjunction with the Merger, final fair value adjustments were made to the Company’s financial statements as of March 16, 2007. As a result of the Merger and the final fair values assigned, the financial statements as of December 31, 2007 reflected these adjustments made in accordance with the standard on business combinations. The following table summarizes the fair values assigned to the Company’s assets and liabilities in connection with the Merger.
         
    March 16, 2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
       
Assets:
       
Current assets
  $ 480,230  
Goodwill
    626,259  
Other intangible assets
    901,661  
Property, plant and equipment
    181,765  
Other assets
    16,813  
 
     
Total assets
  $ 2,206,728  
 
     
 
       
Liabilities:
       
Current liabilities
    232,943  
Long-term debt
    10,773  
Deferred tax liability
    257,732  
Other liabilities
    52,321  
 
     
Total liabilities
  $ 553,769  
 
     
 
       
Fair value of net assets acquired
  $ 1,652,959  
 
     
          The above table does not include Merger consideration related to payments based on utilization of net operating losses for 2008 and 2009.

75


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
          The accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and with the instructions to Form 10-K and Regulation S-X. The Company’s normal reporting period is based on a calendar year.
          The financial statements as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 reflect periods subsequent to the Merger and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Included for the year ended 2009 and 2008 and for the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007 are fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities, including inventory, goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements for the periods prior to the Merger are labeled as “Predecessor” and the periods subsequent to the Merger are labeled as “Successor”.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
          Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries and a variable interest entity. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
          The Company has no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
          Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Accordingly, these estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Some of the most significant estimates pertaining to the Company include the valuation of inventories, the allowance for doubtful accounts, income tax valuation allowances and the recoverability of long-lived assets. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in facts and circumstances, historical experience and reasonable assumptions. After such reviews and if deemed appropriate, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
          Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include all cash and liquid deposits and investments with a maturity of three months or less. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit cards process within 24-48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. All credit card transactions are classified as cash and the amounts due from these transactions totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2009 and $2.2 million at December 31, 2008.
          Book overdrafts of $0.7 million and $4.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, represent checks issued that had not been presented for payment to the banks and are classified as accounts payable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company typically funds these overdrafts through normal collections of funds or transfers from bank balances at other financial institutions. Under the terms of the Company’s facilities with its banks, the respective financial institutions are not legally obligated to honor the book overdraft balances as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, or any balance on any given date.

76


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          Inventories. Inventory components consist of raw materials, finished product and packaging supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first in/first out basis. Cost is determined using a standard costing system which approximates actual costs. The Company regularly reviews its inventory levels in order to identify slow moving and short dated products, expected length of time for product sell through and future expiring product. Upon analysis, the Company has established certain valuation allowances to reserve for such inventory. When allowances are considered necessary, after such reviews, the inventory balances are adjusted and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.
          Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company sells product to its franchisees and, to a lesser extent, various third parties. See Note 3, “Receivables”, for the components of accounts receivable. To determine the allowance for doubtful accounts in accordance with the standard on impairment of receivables, factors that affect collectability from the Company’s franchisees or third-party customers include their financial strength, payment history, reported sales and the overall retail economy. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for franchisees based on an assessment of the franchisees’ operations which includes analysis of their operating cash flows, sales levels, and status of amounts due to the Company, such as rent, interest and advertising. In addition, the Company considers the franchisees’ inventory and fixed assets, which the Company can use as collateral in the event of a default by the franchisee. An allowance for international franchisees is calculated based on unpaid, non collateralized amounts associated with their receivable balance. An allowance for receivable balances due from third parties is recognized, if considered necessary, based on facts and circumstances. These allowances are deducted from the related receivables and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.
          Notes Receivable. The Company offers financing to qualified franchisees in connection with the initial purchase of a franchise store. The notes offered by the Company to its franchisees are demand notes, payable monthly over a period ranging from five to seven years. Interest accrues principally at an annual rate that ranges from 8.0% to 13.75%, based on the amount of initial deposit, and is payable monthly. Allowances for these receivables are recognized in accordance with the Company’s policy described in the Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts above.
          Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment expenditures are recorded at cost. As a result of the Merger, the remaining estimated useful lives of already-existing property and equipment were reevaluated on a prospective basis using the fair values determined at the date of the Merger. These remaining useful lives ranged from one year to sixteen years across all asset classes with the exception of buildings, whose useful lives ranged from fifteen to thirty seven years. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the property. Fixtures are depreciated over three to fifteen years, and equipment is generally depreciated over ten years. Computer equipment and software costs are generally depreciated over three to five years. Amortization of improvements to retail leased premises is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvements, or over the life of the related leases including renewals that are reasonably assured, whichever period is shorter. Buildings are depreciated over forty years and building improvements are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the building. The Company records tax depreciation in conformity with the provisions of applicable tax law.
          Expenditures that materially increase the value or clearly extend the useful life of property, plant and equipment are capitalized in accordance with the policies outlined above. Repair and maintenance costs incurred in the normal operations of business are expensed as incurred. Gains from the sale of property, plant and equipment are recognized in current operations.
          The Company recognized depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment of $36.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $20.8 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $6.5 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007.
          Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired entities. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company completes its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter. The Company records goodwill and franchise rights upon the acquisition of franchisee stores when the consideration given to the franchisee

77


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
exceeds the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the store. This goodwill is accounted for in accordance with the above policy. See Note 7, “Goodwill, Brands, and Other Intangible Assets, Net.”
          Long-lived Assets. The Company periodically performs reviews of underperforming businesses and other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, for impairment pursuant to the provisions of the standard related to the accounting for impairment on disposal of long lived assets. Factors the Company considers important that may trigger an impairment review include: significant changes in the manner of its use of assets of the strategy for its overall business; significant negative industry or economic trends; store closings; or under-performing business trends. These reviews may include an analysis of the current operations and capacity utilization, in conjunction with an analysis of the markets in which the businesses are operating. A comparison is performed of the undiscounted projected cash flows of the current operating forecasts to the net book value of the related assets. If it is determined that the full value of the assets may not be recoverable, an appropriate charge to adjust the carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value may be required.
          Revenue Recognition. The Company operates predominately as a retailer, through Company-owned stores, franchised stores and sales through its website, www.gnc.com and to a lesser extent through wholesale operations. For all years and periods presented herein, the Company has complied with and adopted the standard on revenue recognition.
          The Retail segment recognizes revenue at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. These revenues are recorded via the Company’s point of sale system. Gross revenues are netted against actual customer returns and an allowance for expected customer returns. The Company records a reserve for expected customer returns based on management’s estimate, which is derived from historical return data. Revenue is deferred on sales of the Company’s Gold Cards and subsequently amortized over 12 months. The length of the amortization period is determined based on matching the discounts associated with the Gold Card program to the revenue deferral during the twelve month membership period. For an annual fee, the card provides customers with a 20% discount on all products purchased, both on the date the card is purchased and certain specified days of every month.
          The Company also sells gift cards to its customers. Revenue from gift cards is recognized when the gift card is redeemed. These gift cards do not have expiration dates. Based upon historical redemption rates, a small percentage of gift cards will never be redeemed, referred to as “breakage.” The Company first sold gift cards in late 2001 and the Company began to recognize gift card breakage revenue in 2008, when the likelihood of redemption became remote and amounts were not escheatable. Total revenue for 2009 and 2008 includes $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to recognition of gift card breakage revenue.
          The Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. See Note 20, “Franchise Revenue.” These revenues are netted by actual franchisee returns and an allowance for projected returns. The franchisees purchase a majority of the products they sell from the Company at wholesale prices. Revenue on product sales to franchisees is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee. Franchise fees are recognized by the Company at the time of a franchise store opening. Interest on the financing of franchisee notes receivable is recognized as it becomes due and payable. Gains from the sale of company-owned stores to franchisees are recognized in accordance with the standard on accounting for sales of real estate. This standard requires gains on sales of corporate stores to franchisees to be deferred until certain criteria are satisfied regarding the collectability of the related receivable and the seller’s remaining obligations. Remaining sources of franchise income, including royalties, are recognized as earned.
          The Manufacturing/Wholesale segment sells product primarily to the other Company segments and third-party customers. Revenue is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the customer, net of estimated returns and allowances. The Company also has a consignment arrangement with certain customers and revenue is recognized when products are sold to the ultimate customer.

78


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          Cost of Sales. The Company purchases products directly from third party manufacturers as well as manufactures its own products. The Company’s cost of sales includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs. The cost of manufactured products includes depreciation expense related to the manufacturing facility and related equipment.
          Vendor Allowances. The Company enters into two main types of arrangements with certain vendors, the most significant of which results in the Company receiving credits as sales rebates based on arrangements with such vendors. The Company also enters into arrangements with certain vendors through which the Company receives rebates for purchases during the year typically based on volume discounts. As the right of offset exists under these arrangements, rebates received under both arrangements are recorded as a reduction in the vendors’ accounts payable balances on the balance sheet and represent the estimated amounts due to GNC under the rebate provisions of such contracts. Rebates are presented as a reduction in accounts payable. The corresponding rebate income is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold based on inventory turnover, in accordance with the provisions of the standard on accounting by a reseller for cash consideration received from a vendor. For volume rebates, the appropriate level of such income is derived from the level of actual purchases made by GNC from suppliers. The amount recorded as a reduction to cost of goods sold was $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $20.9 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007 and $6.6 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.
          Distribution and Shipping Costs. The Company bills franchisees and third-party customers shipping and transportation costs and reflects these charges in revenue. The unreimbursed costs that are associated with these costs are included in cost of sales.
          Research and Development. Research and development costs arising from internally generated projects are expensed by the Company as incurred. The Company recognized $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $0.5 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $0.1 million in research and development costs for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007. These costs are included in Other SG&A costs in the accompanying financial statements.
          Advertising Expenditures. The Company recognizes advertising, promotion and marketing program costs the first time the advertising takes place with exception to the costs of producing advertising, which are expensed as incurred during production. The Company administers national advertising funds on behalf of its franchisees. In accordance with the franchisee contracts, the Company collects advertising fees from the franchisees and utilizes the proceeds to coordinate various advertising and marketing campaigns. The Company recognized $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $55.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $35.0 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $20.5 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, net of approximately $11.0 million annually from the national advertising fund.
          Merger Related Costs. For the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, Merger related costs of $34.6 million includes costs incurred by GNC Parent LLC, and recognized by us, in relation to the Merger. These costs were comprised of selling-related expenses of $26.4 million, a contract termination fee paid to our previous owner of $7.5 million and other costs of $0.7 million.
          Leases. The Company has various operating leases for company-owned and franchised store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, the Company receives varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate the Company for costs incurred in the construction of stores. These reimbursements are amortized by the Company as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. The Company determines the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conforms it to the term used for amortizing improvements.

79


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The Company leases an approximately 300,000 square-foot-facility in Greenville, South Carolina where the majority of its proprietary products are manufactured. The Company also leases a 630,000 square foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing, and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to “fee-in-lieu-of-taxes” arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but the Company retains the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. As part of a tax incentive arrangement, the Company assigned the facilities to the counties and leases them back under operating leases. The Company leases the facilities from the counties where located, in lieu of paying local property taxes. Upon exercising its right to purchase the facilities back from the counties, the Company will be subject to the applicable taxes levied by the counties. In accordance with the standards on the accounting for leases, the purchase option in the lease agreements prevent sale-leaseback accounting treatment. As a result, the original cost basis of the facilities remains on the balance sheet and continues to be depreciated.
          The Company leases a 210,000 square foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and a 112,000 square foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. The Company also has operating leases for its fleet of distribution tractors and trailers and fleet of field management vehicles. In addition, the Company also has a minimal amount of leased office space in California, Florida, and Canada. The expense associated with leases that have escalating payment terms is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. See Note 15, “Long-Term Lease Obligations.”
          Contingencies. In accordance with the standards on contingencies the Company accrues a loss contingency if it is probable and can be reasonably estimated or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements if those financial statements have not been issued. If both of the conditions above are not met, or if an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss or an additional loss may have been incurred. The Company accrues costs that are part of legal settlements when the settlement is probable.
          Pre-Opening Expenditures. The Company recognizes the cost associated with the opening of new stores as incurred. These costs are charged to expense and are not material for the periods presented. Franchise store pre-opening costs are incurred by the franchisees.
          Deferred Financing Fees. Costs related to the financing of the Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003, 8 5/8% Senior Notes and the December 2003 senior credit facility were capitalized and were being amortized over the term of the respective debt. As of March 15, 2007, the remaining deferred financing fees were written off as the debt was extinguished as a part of the Merger. In conjunction with the Merger, $29.3 million in costs related to the financing of new debt were capitalized and are being amortized over the life of the new debt. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $10.9 million and $6.8 million, respectively.
          Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the standards on income taxes. As prescribed by these standards, the Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. See Note 5, “Income Taxes.”
          For the year ended December 31, 2009 the Company will file a consolidated federal income tax return. For state income tax purposes, the Company will file on both a consolidated and separate return basis in the states in which it conducts business. The Company filed in a consistent manner in 2008 and 2007.
          The Company adopted the updates on the provisions of the standards on income taxes on January 1, 2007 related to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. As a result of the implementation, the Company recognized an adjustment of $0.4 million to retained earnings for the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits, net of the deferred tax effect. It is the

80


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. See Note 5, “Income Taxes,” for additional information regarding the change in unrecognized tax benefits.
          Self-Insurance. The Company has procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. The Company is self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) worker’s compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to the Company’s tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. The Company is not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis.
          The Company carries product liability insurance with a retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. The Company carries general liability insurance with retention of $110,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of the Company’s workers’ compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. The Company reimburses the insurance company for the workers compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.
          As part of the medical benefits program, the Company contracts with national service providers to provide benefits to its employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. The Company then reimburses these service providers as claims are processed from Company employees. The Company maintains a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per individual per plan year with a maximum lifetime benefit limit of $2.0 million per individual. The Company has no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. The Company’s liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits in Note 10, “Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities,” and was $2.0 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
          Stock Compensation. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of options under this standard, which is consistent with disclosures previously included in prior year financial statements under the original stock compensation standard. The resulting compensation cost is recognized in the Company’s financial statements over the option vesting period.
          Foreign Currency. For all foreign operations, the functional currency is the local currency. In accordance with the standard on foreign currency matters, assets and liabilities of those operations, denominated in foreign currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, and income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in results of operations.
          Financial Instruments and Derivatives. On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the revised accounting standards on disclosure of derivative instruments and hedging activities. This new standard expands the current disclosure requirements. This new standard provides for an enhanced understanding of (1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under previous standards and their related interpretations, and (3) how derivative instruments affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.
          As part of the Company’s financial risk management program, it uses certain derivative financial instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and holds no derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates primarily in respect of its long term debt obligations. The Company tries to manage its interest rate risk in order to balance its exposure to both fixed and floating rates while minimizing its borrowing costs. Floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, are entered into from time to time to hedge our exposure to interest rate changes on a portion of the Company’s floating rate debt. These interest rate swap agreements convert a portion of the Company’s floating rate debt to fixed rate debt. Interest rate floors designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates fall below the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an upfront premium. The Company records

81


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
the fair value of these contracts as an asset or a liability, as applicable, in the balance sheet, with the offset to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The Company measures hedge effectiveness by assessing the changes in the fair value or expected future cash flows of the hedged item. The ineffective portions, if any, are recorded in interest expense in the current period.
          Derivatives designated as hedging instruments have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value as follows:
                         
            Fair Value  
    Balance Sheet Location     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
            (in thousands)  
 
                       
Interest Rate Products
  Other long-term liabilities   $ (14,679 )   $ (18,902 )
 
                   
          The Company has interest rate swap agreements outstanding that effectively converted notional amounts of an aggregate $550.0 million of debt from floating to fixed interest rates. The five outstanding agreements mature between April 2010 and September 2012. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company entered into a derivative contract that consisted of an interest rate swap with a bought floor that effectively converted a notional amount of $150.0 million of the senior toggle notes from a floating to a fixed rate, effective September 2009. The floor is intended to replicate the optionality present in the original debt agreement, providing an equivalent offset in the interest payments.
          Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the twelve months ending December 31, 2010, the Company estimates that an additional $12.0 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.
          Components of gains and losses recorded in the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, are as follows:
                         
            Location of Gain or        
    Amount of Gain or     (Loss) Reclassified from     Amount of Gain or (Loss)  
Derivatives in Cash   (Loss) Recognized in     Accumulated OCI into     Reclassified from  
Flow Hedging   OCI on Derivative     Income (Effective     Accumulated OCI into  
Relationships   (Effective Portion)     Portion)     Income (Effective Portion)  
(in thousands)  
 
                       
Interest Rate Products
  $ (9,024 )   Interest income/ (expense)   $ (13,247 )
 
                   
          During the year ended December 31, 2009, there was no amount recorded as ineffective from accumulated other comprehensive income.
          Under the Company’s agreements with its derivative counterparty, if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.
          As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position related to these agreements was $18.1 million, including accrued interest of $3.4 million but excluding adjustments for nonperformance risk. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2009, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their full termination value, which approximates the fair value of derivatives including accrued interest.

82


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
          In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a standard on Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This standard establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.
          In June 2009, the SEC issued a staff accounting bulletin (“SAB”) that revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the codification of SABs in order to make the interpretive guidance consistent with U.S. GAAP. The principal revisions include deletion of material no longer necessary or that has been superseded because of the issuance of new standards. The Company adopted this SAB during the second quarter of 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.
     Fair Value
          In September 2006, the FASB issued new standards on fair value measurements and disclosures. These new standards define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. The new standard applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. The original standard was initially effective as of January 1, 2008, but in February 2008 the FASB delayed the effectiveness date for applying this standard to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not at fair value in the financial statements. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, except for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, for which application has been deferred for one year. The Company adopted this new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities. See Note 23, “Fair Value Measurements,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
          In February 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on financial instruments that amends a previously issued standard. This standard expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. The objective of the standard is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Under the standard, a company may elect to use fair value to measure eligible items at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Eligible items include, but are not limited to, accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method investments, accounts payable, guarantees, issued debt and firm commitments. The new standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adoption of this standard did not affect the financial statements as the Company did not elect to use the fair value option.
          In October 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on determining the fair value of a financial asset. This standard clarifies the application of accounting standards in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. The new standard was effective upon issuance for financial statements that have not been issued. The adoption of this new standard did not have any impact on the Company’s financial assets and liabilities.
          In August 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on fair value measurements and disclosures. This update provides guidance on the manner in which the fair value of liabilities should be determined. This update is effective for annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.

83


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Business Combinations and Consolidation
          In December 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on business combinations. This new standard establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. The new standard significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the treatment of contingent consideration, preacquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under this standard, changes in an acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions after the measurement period will impact the acquirer’s income tax expense. The standard provides guidance regarding what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The original standard became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited and amends the standard on income taxes such that adjustments made to deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies after January 1, 2009, even for business combinations completed before this date, will impact net income. The Company adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.
          In December 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on consolidation. The issuance of this new standard changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which have been recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method significantly changes the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. The Company adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.
          In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on consolidations. The standard is intended to improve financial reporting by providing additional guidance to companies involved with variable interest entities and by requiring additional disclosures about a company’s involvement in variable interest entities. This standard is effective for interim and annual periods ending after January 1, 2010. The adoption of this standard will not have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.
     Other
          In March 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on derivatives and hedging. The new standard requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information that should enable financial statement users to understand how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The new standard was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted this standard during the first quarter of 2009; the adoption had no impact on its consolidated financial statements.
          In April 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on goodwill and intangibles which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible. The intent of this new standard is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. The Company adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.
          In April 2009, the FASB issued a new standard on the disclosure of financial instruments. This new standard brings the interpretive guidance into alignment with the changes in U.S. GAAP. The Company adopted this new standard during the second quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

84


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          In May 2009, the FASB issued a standard on subsequent events which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosing of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The intent of this standard is to incorporate accounting guidance that originated as auditing standards into the body of authoritative literature issued by the FASB which is consistent with the FASB’s objective to codify all authoritative U.S. accounting guidance related to a particular topic in one place. The Company adopted this standard during the second quarter of 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements. In September 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on income taxes. This update adds to the definition of a tax position of an entity’s status, including its status as a pass-through entity, eliminates certain disclosure requirements for non-public entities, and provides application for pass-through entities. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.

85


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 3. RECEIVABLES
          Receivables at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
Trade receivables
  $ 90,832     $ 88,913  
Other
    4,889       4,278  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (1,789 )     (4,147 )
Related party
    423       369  
 
           
 
  $ 94,355     $ 89,413  
 
           
NOTE 4. INVENTORIES, NET
          Inventories at each respective period consisted of the following:
                         
    December 31, 2009  
                    Net Carrying  
    Gross cost     Reserves (a)     Value  
    (in thousands)  
Finished product ready for sale
  $ 319,688     $ (8,266 )   $ 311,422  
Work-in-process, bulk product and raw materials
    54,803       (1,288 )     53,515  
Packaging supplies
    5,555             5,555  
 
                 
 
  $ 380,046     $ (9,554 )   $ 370,492  
 
                 
 
                       
                         
    December 31, 2008  
                    Net Carrying  
    Gross cost     Reserves (a)     Value  
    (in thousands)  
Finished product ready for sale
  $ 311,218     $ (9,275 )   $ 301,943  
Work-in-process, bulk product and raw materials
    57,995       (1,111 )     56,884  
Packaging supplies
    4,827             4,827  
 
                 
 
  $ 374,040     $ (10,386 )   $ 363,654  
 
                 
 
(a)   Reserves primarily consist of amounts recorded for valuation and obsolescence.

86


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES
          Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
          Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                                                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
    (in thousands)  
    Assets     Liabilities     Net     Assets     Liabilities     Net  
Deferred tax:
                                               
Current assets (liabilities):
                                               
Operating reserves
  $ 2,906     $     $ 2,906     $ 4,510     $     $ 4,510  
Deferred revenue
    1,727             1,727       12,002             12,002  
Prepaid expenses
          (10,170 )     (10,170 )           (10,292 )     (10,292 )
Accrued worker compensation
    2,167             2,167       1,845             1,845  
Foreign tax credits
    1,035             1,035       2,858             2,858  
Other
    3,401       (1,688 )     1,713       562       (30 )     532  
 
                                   
Total current
  $ 11,236     $ (11,858 )   $ (622 )   $ 21,777     $ (10,322 )   $ 11,455  
 
                                               
Non-current assets (liabilities):
                                               
Intangibles
  $     $ (308,724 )   $ (308,724 )   $     $ (305,644 )   $ (305,644 )
Fixed assets
    5,255             5,255       9,945             9,945  
Stock compensation
    2,705             2,705       1,638             1,638  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    8,100             8,100       12,743             12,743  
Interest rate swap
    5,343             5,343       6,880             6,880  
Foreign tax credits.
                      3,950             3,950  
Other
    5,957             5,957       4,475             4,475  
Valuation allowance
    (7,530 )           (7,530 )     (11,990 )           (11,990 )
 
                                   
Total non-current
  $ 19,830     $ (308,724 )   $ (288,894 )   $ 27,641     $ (305,644 )   $ (278,003 )
 
                                   
Total net deferred taxes
  $ 31,066     $ (320,582 )   $ (289,516 )   $ 49,418     $ (315,966 )   $ (266,548 )
 
                                   
          As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had deferred tax assets relating to state NOLs in the amount of $8.1 million and $12.7 million, respectively. With the exception of $0.6 million and $0.8 million of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, a valuation allowance was provided for all the state NOLs as the Company currently believes that these NOLs, with lives ranging from five to twenty years, may not be realizable prior to their expiration.
          Deferred income taxes were not provided on cumulative undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, as unremitted earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries were determined to be permanently reinvested.
          Income before income taxes consisted of the following components:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
                                 
Domestic
  $ 104,155     $ 79,840     $ 25,607       $ (63,672 )
Foreign
    7,083       6,941       5,977         1,661  
 
                         
Total income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 111,238     $ 86,781     $ 31,584       $ (62,011 )
 
                         

87


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    Income tax expense/(benefit) for all periods consisted of the following components:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16 -       January 1  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       - March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
    (in thousands)  
Current:
                                 
Federal
  $ 10,373     $ 3,082     $       $ (21,547 )
State
    6,704       3,391       462         (279 )
Foreign
    3,111       1,157       2,835         444  
 
                         
 
    20,188       7,630       3,297         (21,382 )
 
                                 
Deferred:
                                 
Federal
    20,548       22,753       8,266         9,984  
State
    883       1,618       1,037         701  
Foreign
                         
 
                         
 
    21,431       24,371       9,303         10,685  
 
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 41,619     $ 32,001     $ 12,600       $ (10,697 )
 
                         
          For the year ended December 31, 2009, a net $0.5 million discrete tax benefit was recorded while a $2.0 million discrete tax benefit was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008.
          The following table summarizes the differences between the Company’s effective tax rate for financial reporting purposes and the federal statutory tax rate.
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
 
                                 
Percent of pretax earnings:
                                 
Statutory federal tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %       35.0 %
Increase (reduction) resulting from:
                                 
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit
    2.6 %     2.6 %     2.3 %       0.6 %
Other permanent differences
    0.9 %     1.2 %     2.0 %       -17.4 %
International operations, net of foreign tax credits
    (0.6 %)     0.0 %     0.0 %       0.0 %
Federal tax credits and income deductions
    (1.4 %)     (2.5 %)     (0.2 %)       0.1 %
Tax impact of uncertain tax positions and other
    0.9 %     0.6 %     0.8 %       -1.0 %
 
                         
Effective income tax rate
    37.4 %     36.9 %     39.9 %       17.3 %
 
                         
          In June 2006, the FASB issued a new standard on income taxes which applies to all open tax positions accounted for in accordance with previously issued standards on income taxes. This interpretation is intended to result in increased relevance and comparability in financial reporting of income taxes and to provide more information about the uncertainty in income tax assets and liabilities.
          The Company adopted the provisions of this standard on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of the standard, the Company recognized a $0.4 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. Additionally, as a result of the implementation of the standard, the Company recorded

88


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
$15.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to a balance sheet reclassification that did not impact retained earnings. A total of $11.3 million of this reclassification relates to the gross presentation of certain tax positions related to periods that are subject to the indemnification provisions of the purchase agreement between the Company and Numico. Under these provisions Numico is responsible for the satisfaction of these claims, and, as such the Company recorded a corresponding receivable of $11.3 million. The remaining $3.7 million related to tax positions previously categorized as current liabilities.
          After the recognition of these items in connection with the implementation of the standard on income taxes, the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007 was $14.2 million. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a liability of $6.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively, for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties were $2.2 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
          As of December 31, 2009, the Company is not aware of any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.
          The Company files a consolidated federal tax return and various consolidated and separate tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the state and local jurisdictions in which it and its subsidiaries operate. The Company has been audited by the Internal Revenue Service, (“IRS”), through its March 15, 2007 tax year. The IRS commenced an examination of the Company’s 2005, 2006 and short period 2007 federal income tax returns in February 2008. The IRS issued an examination report in the second quarter of 2009, the Company received notification from the IRS that the Joint Committee of Taxation had completed its review and had taken no exceptions to the conclusions reached by the IRS. As such the Company recorded a discrete tax benefit of $0.9 million for the reduction of its liability of unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has various state and local jurisdiction tax years open to examination (earliest open period 2004), and the Company also has certain state and local jurisdictions currently under audit. As of December 31, 2009, the Company believes that it is appropriately reserved for any potential federal and state income tax exposures.
          A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended                
    December 31,     December 31,     March 16 -       January 1-  
    2009     2008     December 31, 2007       March 15, 2007  
    (in thousands)            
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period
  $ 5,542     $ 6,871     $ 15,771       $ 14,190  
Additions for tax positions taken during current period
    1,881       1,620       617         1,581  
Additions for tax positions taken during prior periods
    2,108                      
Reductions for tax positions taken during prior periods
    (2,264 )     (2,059 )     (235 )        
Settlements
    (491 )     (890 )     (9,282 )        
 
                         
 
                                 
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of period
  $ 6,776     $ 5,542     $ 6,871       $ 15,771  
 
                         
          At December 31, 2009, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $5.9 million. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, we believe that our unrecognized tax benefits reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these unrecognized tax benefits, as well as the related interest, in light of changing facts and circumstances. Settlement of any particular position could require the use of cash. Favorable resolution would be recognized as a reduction to our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.

89


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 6. PREPAIDS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
          Other current assets at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
Current portion of franchise note receivables
  $ 718     $ 871  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
          (240 )
Prepaid rent
    13,397       12,992  
Prepaid insurance
    4,452       5,590  
Prepaid income tax
    9,737       11,138  
Prepaid payroll tax
    923       3,684  
Other current assets
    12,992       13,917  
 
           
 
  $ 42,219     $ 47,952  
 
           
NOTE 7. GOODWILL, BRANDS, AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
          Management utilized various resources in arriving at its final fair value adjustments that were made to the Company’s financial statements as of March 16, 2007. In connection with the Merger, final fair values were assigned to various other intangible assets. The Company’s brands were assigned a final fair value representing the longevity of the Company name and general recognition of the product lines. The Gold Card program was assigned a final fair value representing the underlying customer listing, for both the Retail and Franchise segments. The retail agreements were assigned a final fair value reflecting the opportunity to expand the Company stores within a major drug store chain and on military facilities. A final fair value was assigned to the agreements with the Company’s franchisees, both domestic and international, to operate stores for a contractual period. Final fair values were assigned to the Company’s manufacturing and wholesale segments for production and continued sales to certain customers.
          For the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company acquired 53 and 33 franchise stores, respectively. These acquisitions are accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting and the Company records the acquired inventory, fixed assets, franchise rights and goodwill, with an applicable reduction to receivables and cash. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the total purchase prices associated with these acquisitions was $9.3 million, of which $2.5 million was paid in cash. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the total purchase price associated with these acquisitions was $1.7 million, of which $0.3 million was paid in cash.

90


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill activity:
                                 
                    Manufacturing/        
    Retail     Franchising     Wholesale     Total  
    (in thousands)  
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 306,126     $ 117,303     $ 202,841     $ 626,270  
Acquired franchise stores
    351                   351  
Other adjustments
    (3,712 )                 (3,712 )
 
                       
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 302,765     $ 117,303     $ 202,841     $ 622,909  
 
                       
 
                               
Acquired franchise stores
    1,844                   1,844  
 
                       
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 304,609     $ 117,303     $ 202,841     $ 624,753  
 
                       
          During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded adjustments of $(3.7) million related to income taxes. The 2008 adjustment relates principally to foreign tax credits from amended federal returns.
          Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following at each respective period:
                                                 
            Retail     Franchise     Operating     Franchise        
    Gold Card     Brand     Brand     Agreements     Rights     Total  
    (in thousands) 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 6,041     $ 500,000     $ 220,000     $ 165,702     $ 1,129     $ 892,872  
Acquired franchise stores
                            195       195  
Other additions
                      1,000             1,000  
Amortization expense
    (3,585 )                 (6,683 )     (623 )     (10,891 )
 
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 2,456     $ 500,000     $ 220,000     $ 160,019     $ 701     $ 883,176  
 
                                   
 
Acquired franchise stores
                            953       953  
Other additions
                                   
Amortization expense
    (2,081 )                 (6,943 )     (735 )     (9,759 )
 
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 375     $ 500,000     $ 220,000     $ 153,076     $ 919     $ 874,370  
 
                                   
          The following table represents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major intangible asset:
                                                         
                                     
    Estimated     December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
    Life             Accumulated     Carrying             Accumulated     Carrying  
    in years     Cost     Amortization     Amount     Cost     Amortization     Amount  
    (in thousands)  
Brands — retail
        $ 500,000     $     $ 500,000     $ 500,000     $     $ 500,000  
Brands — franchise
          220,000             220,000       220,000             220,000  
Gold card — retail
    3       3,500       (3,354 )     146       3,500       (2,545 )     955  
Gold card — franchise
    3       5,500       (5,271 )     229       5,500       (3,999 )     1,501  
Retail agreements
    25-35       31,000       (3,090 )     27,910       31,000       (2,038 )     28,962  
Franchise agreements
    25       70,000       (7,817 )     62,183       70,000       (5,016 )     64,984  
Manufacturing agreements
    25       70,000       (7,817 )     62,183       70,000       (5,017 )     64,983  
Other intangibles
    5       1,150       (350 )     800       1,150       (60 )     1,090  
Franchise rights
    1-5       3,061       (2,142 )     919       2,108       (1,407 )     701  
 
                                         
 
          $ 904,211     $ (29,841 )   $ 874,370     $ 903,258     $ (20,082 )   $ 883,176  
 
                                           

91


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The following table represents future estimated amortization expense of intangible assets with finite lives:
         
    Estimated  
    amortization  
Years ending December 31,   expense  
    (in thousands)  
2010
    7,710  
2011
    7,071  
2012
    6,976  
2013
    6,920  
2014
    6,679  
Thereafter
    119,014  
 
     
Total
  $ 154,370  
 
     
NOTE 8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
          Property, plant and equipment at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 61,572     $ 59,718  
Machinery and equipment
    82,273       71,230  
Leasehold improvements
    72,284       63,701  
Furniture and fixtures
    44,963       38,682  
Software
    18,035       12,537  
Construction in progress
    4,974       9,301  
 
           
Total property, plant and equipment
  $ 284,101     $ 255,169  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (84,520 )     (49,015 )
 
           
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 199,581     $ 206,154  
 
           
The Company is a 50% limited partner in a partnership that owns and manages the building that houses the Company’s corporate headquarters. The Company occupies the majority of the available lease space of the building. The general partner is responsible for the operation and management of the property and reports the results of the partnership to the Company. The Company has consolidated the limited partnership, net of elimination adjustments, in the accompanying financial statements.

92


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 9. OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS
          Other assets at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
Long-term franchise notes receivables
  $ 2,646     $ 1,197  
Long-term deposit
    517       511  
Other
    1,169       810  
 
           
 
  $ 4,332     $ 2,518  
 
           
          Annual maturities of the Company’s long term and current (see current portion in Note 6, “Prepaids and Other Current Assets”) franchise notes receivable at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
         
Years ending December 31,   Receivables  
 
    (in thousands)  
2010
    718  
2011
    692  
2012
    721  
2013
    666  
2014
    567  
 
     
Total
  $ 3,364  
 
     
NOTE 10. ACCRUED PAYROLL AND RELATED LIABILITIES
          Accrued payroll and related liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
Accrued payroll
  $ 17,255     $ 14,592  
Accrued taxes and benefits
    5,022       7,990  
 
           
Total
  $ 22,277     $ 22,582  
 
           

93


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 11. DEFERRED REVENUE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
          Other current liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
Deferred revenue
  $ 33,837     $ 32,465  
Payable to former shareholders
    2,625       12,954  
Accrued occupancy
    4,882       4,219  
Accrued worker compensation
    5,892       5,069  
Accrued taxes
    5,683       5,111  
Deferred tax liability (see Note 5)
    622        
Accrued income tax
    404        
Other current liabilities
    11,185       14,491  
 
           
Total
  $ 65,130     $ 74,309  
 
           
          Deferred revenue consists primarily of Gold Card and gift card deferrals.

94


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 12. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST
          In conjunction with the Merger, the Company repaid certain of its existing debt and issued new debt. The new debt, which was entered into or issued on the closing, consisted of a senior credit facility comprised of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility (the “2007 Senior Credit Facility”), $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Toggle Notes”), and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility, its 8 5/8% Senior Notes issued in January 2005, and its 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003.
          Long-term debt at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
               
2007 Senior credit facility
  $ 644,619     $ 668,563  
Senior Toggle Notes
    297,959       297,585  
10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
    110,000       110,000  
Mortgage
    7,184       8,557  
Capital leases
    47       41  
Less: current maturities
    (1,724 )     (13,509 )
 
           
Total
  $ 1,058,085     $ 1,071,237  
 
           
          At December 31, 2009, the Company’s total debt principal maturities are as follows:
                                         
            Senior     10.75% Senior              
Years Ending   2007 Senior     Toggle     Subordinated     Mortgage Loan/        
December 31,   Credit Facility     Notes (a)     Notes     Capital Leases     Total  
    (in thousands)  
2010
  $ 237     $     $     $ 1,487     $ 1,724  
2011
    1,681                   1,582       3,263  
2012
    6,750                   1,695       8,445  
2013
    635,951                   1,812       637,763  
2014
          300,000             655       300,655  
Thereafter
                110,000             110,000  
 
                             
 
  $ 644,619     $ 300,000     $ 110,000     $ 7,231     $ 1,061,850  
 
                             
 
(a)   The Senior Toggle Notes include the balance of the initial original issue discount of $3.0 million.

95


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The Company’s net interest expense for each respective period is as follows:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
    (in thousands)                
2007 Senior credit facility
                                 
Term Loan
  $ 32,775     $ 43,302     $ 41,165       $  
Revolver
    489       482       374          
Senior Toggle Notes
    20,003       23,671       23,455          
10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
    11,825       11,825       9,361          
Deferred financing fees
    4,104       3,907       2,922         589  
Mortgage
    544       643       680         392  
OID amortization
    374       339       247          
Interest income
    (161 )     (1,169 )     (2,682 )       (336 )
2003 Senior credit facility
                                 
Term Loan
                        918  
Revolver
                        132  
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
                        2,695  
8 5/8% Senior Notes
                        3,807  
Deferred fee writedown-early extinguishment
                        11,680  
Call premiums
                        23,159  
                       
Interest expense, net
  $ 69,953     $ 83,000     $ 75,522       $ 43,036  
                       
          Accrued interest at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
               
2007 Senior credit facility
  $ 5,350     $ 5,564  
Senior Toggle Notes
    5,720       6,700  
10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes
    3,482       3,481  
 
           
Total
  $ 14,552     $ 15,745  
 
           

96


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          Description of Debt:
          2007 Senior Credit Facility. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility consists of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility. The term loan facility will mature in September 2013. The revolving credit facility will mature in March 2012. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility permits the Company to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties (except LIBOR breakage costs). Subject to certain exceptions, the credit agreement requires that 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty insurance, condemnations and debt issuances, and a specified percentage (ranging from 50% to 0% based on a defined leverage ratio) of excess cash flow (as defined in the agreement) for each fiscal year must be used to pay down outstanding borrowings. GNC Corporation, the Company’s direct parent company, and the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the 2007 Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by first priority pledges (subject to permitted liens) of the Company’s equity interests and the equity interests of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.
          All borrowings under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as publicly announced by JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect) and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.50% per annum plus, at December 31, 2009, applicable margins of 1.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 1.0% per annum for the revolving credit facility or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 2.0% per annum for the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of unutilized revolving loan commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum.
          The 2007 Senior Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including incurrence covenants and certain other limitations on the ability of GNC Corporation, the Company, and its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, pay dividends or other payments on capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, enter into arrangements that restrict the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, and change the passive holding company status of GNC Corporation.
          The 2007 Senior Credit Facility contains events of default, including (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility when due, (2) breach of covenants, (3) inaccuracies of representations and warranties, (4) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) material judgments, (7) certain matters arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (8) the actual or asserted invalidity of documents relating to any guarantee or security document, (9) the actual or asserted invalidity of any subordination terms supporting the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, and (10) the occurrence of a change in control. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the facilities and take various other actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a collateralized creditor. If certain bankruptcy events occur, the facilities will automatically accelerate.
          The Company issues letters of credit as a guarantee of payment to third-payment vendors in accordance with specified terms and conditions. It also issues letters of credit for various insurance contracts. The revolving credit facility allows for $25.0 million of the $60.0 million revolving credit facility to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit.

97


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The Company pays interest based on the aggregate available amount of the revolving credit facility at a per annum rate equal to 0.5%. The Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility at a Eurodollar rate or Adjusted Base Rate (“ABR”) plus the applicable margin in effect. As of both December 31, 2009 and 2008, the ABR was 4.25%. The Company also pays an additional interest rate of 2.25% per annum on all outstanding letters of credit issued. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $7.9 million and $6.2 million, respectively, of the revolving credit facility was utilized to secure letters of credit. The Company had outstanding ABR borrowings under the revolving credit facility of $5.4 million at December 31, 2008. No amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2009.
          Senior Toggle Notes. In connection with the Merger, the Company completed a private offering of $300.0 million of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 at 99% of par value. The Senior Toggle Notes are the Company’s senior non collateralized obligations and are effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s existing and future collateralized debt, including the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the assets securing such debt, rank equally with all the Company’s existing and future non collateralized senior debt and rank senior to all the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are guaranteed on a senior non collateralized basis by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Toggle Notes indenture). If the Company fails to make payments on the Senior Toggle Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.
          The Company may elect in its sole discretion to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes in cash, entirely by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issuing new Senior Toggle Notes (“PIK interest”), or on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing new Senior Toggle Notes (“partial PIK interest”). Cash interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 4.5% per annum, and PIK interest, if any, accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 5.25% per annum. If the Company elects to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest, it will increase the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issue new Senior Toggle Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) to holders of the Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant record date. The Senior Toggle Notes are treated as having been issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.
          The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Toggle Notes at any time at specified redemption prices. If the Company experiences certain kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
          The Senior Toggle Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on the Company’s and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase the Company’s stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Toggle Notes indenture restricts the Company’s and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to its stockholders.
          In accordance with the terms of the Senior Toggle Notes purchase agreement and the offering memorandum, these notes were required to be exchanged for publicly registered exchange notes within 210 days after the sale of these notes. As required, these notes were registered and the exchange offer was completed on September 28, 2007.
          10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. In connection with the Merger, the Company completed a private offering of $110.0 million of its 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are the Company’s senior subordinated non collateralized obligations and are subordinated to all the Company’s existing and future senior debt, including the Company’s 2007 Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Toggle Notes, rank equally with all of the

98


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Company’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, and rank senior to all the Company’s existing and future subordinated debt. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated non collateralized basis by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture). If the Company fails to make payments on the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead. Interest on the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 10.75% per year from March 16, 2007 and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.
          The Company may redeem some or all of the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at any time at specified redemption prices. If the Company experiences certain kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
          The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on the Company’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase the Company’s stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture restricts the Company’s and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to declare or pay dividends to the Company’s stockholders.
          In accordance with the terms of the 10.75% Senior Subordinate Notes purchase agreement and the offering memorandum, these notes were required to be exchanged for publicly registered exchange notes within 210 days after the sale of these notes. As required, these notes were registered and the exchange offer was completed on September 28, 2007.
          The Company expects to fund its operations through internally generated cash and, if necessary, from borrowings under the amount remaining available under the Company’s $60.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company expects its primary uses of cash in the near future will be debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The Company anticipates that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under the Company’s revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet its future operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due. However, the Company’s ability to make scheduled payments of principal on, to pay interest on, or to refinance the Company’s indebtedness and to satisfy the Company’s other debt obligations will depend on the Company’s future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond the Company’s control. The Company believes that it has complied with the Company’s covenant reporting and compliance in all material respects for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Predecessor Debt:
     Senior Credit Facility. In 2003, the Company entered into a senior credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. Our then-parent and our domestic subsidiaries guaranteed our obligations under the senior credit facility. The senior credit facility at December 31, 2004 consisted of a $285.0 million term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. This facility was subsequently amended in December 2004. In January 2005, as a stipulation of the December 2004 amendment, the Company used the net proceeds of its Senior Notes (as described below) offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash on hand, to repay a portion of the indebtedness under the prior $285.0 million term loan facility. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company repaid certain of its existing debt, and issued new debt. The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility.
     The Company issues letters of credit as a guarantee of payment to third-party vendors in accordance with specified terms and conditions. It also issues letters of credit for various insurance contracts. The revolving credit facility allows for $50.0 million of the $75 million revolving credit facility to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2006, $9.3 million of the revolving credit facility was utilized to secure letters of credit.

99


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          Senior Notes. In January 2005, the Company issued $150.0 million of its Senior Notes. The Senior Notes were scheduled to mature on January 15, 2011, and bore interest at the rate of 8 5/8% per annum, which was payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company repaid certain of its existing debt, and issued new debt. The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to redeem in full its 8 5/8% Senior Notes issued in January 2005.
          Senior Subordinated Notes. In 2003, the Company issued $215.0 million of its Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes were mature on December 1, 2010, and bore interest at the rate of 8 1/2% per annum, which was payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company repaid certain of its existing debt, and issued new debt. The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to redeem in full its 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003.
NOTE 13. OTHER LONG TERM LIABILITIES
          Other long term liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
Fair value of interest rate swap agreements
  $ 14,679     $ 18,902  
Payable to former shareholders
          767  
Liability for unrecognized tax benefits
    6,776       5,542  
Rent escalations
    10,569       10,089  
Other
    7,496       5,684  
 
           
Total
  $ 39,520     $ 40,984  
 
           

100


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
          At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s financial instruments consisted of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, franchise notes receivable, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates their fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Based on the interest rates currently available and their underlying risk, the carrying value of the franchise notes receivable approximates their fair value. These fair values are reflected net of reserves, which are recognized according to Company policy. The Company determined the estimated fair values of its debt by using currently available market information and estimates and assumptions where appropriate. Accordingly, as considerable judgment is required to determine these estimates, changes in the assumptions or methodologies may have an effect on these estimates. The actual and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
                                 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair
    Amount   Value   Amount   Value
    (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 75,089     $ 75,089     $ 42,307     $ 42,307  
Receivables
    94,355       94,355       89,413       89,413  
Franchise notes receivable
    3,364       3,364       1,828       1,828  
Accounts payable
    95,904       95,904       123,577       123,577  
Long term debt
    1,059,809       977,718       1,084,746       702,392  
NOTE 15. LONG-TERM LEASE OBLIGATIONS
          The Company enters into operating leases covering its retail store locations. The Company is the primary lessor of the majority of all leased retail store locations and sublets the locations to individual franchisees. The leases generally provide for an initial term of between five and ten years, and may include renewal options for varying terms thereafter. The leases require minimum monthly rental payments and a pro rata share of landlord allocated common operating expenses. Most retail leases also require additional rentals based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels (“Percent Rent”). According to the individual lease specifications, real estate taxes, insurance and other related costs may be included in the rental payment or charged in addition to rent. Other lease expenses relate to and include distribution facilities, transportation equipment, data processing equipment and automobiles.
          As the Company is the primary lessee for the majority of the franchise store locations, it is ultimately liable for the lease payments to the landlord. The Company makes the payments to the landlord directly, and then bills the franchisee for reimbursement of this cost. If a franchisee defaults on its sub-lease and its sub-lease is terminated, the Company has in the past converted, and expects in the future to, convert any such franchise store into a corporate store and fulfill the remaining lease obligation.

101


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The composition of the Company’s rental expense for all periods presented included the following components:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
        (in thousands)      
Retail stores:
                                 
Rent on long-term operating leases, net of sublease income
  $ 110,365     $ 109,199     $ 83,867       $ 20,887  
Landlord related taxes
    16,498       15,987       12,138         2,987  
Common operating expenses
    29,398       31,435       24,659         6,364  
Percent rent
    15,899       14,159       9,880         2,863  
 
                         
 
    172,160       170,780       130,544         33,101  
Truck fleet
    4,740       4,363       3,441         904  
Other
    11,189       11,331       6,847         4,031  
 
                         
 
  $ 188,089     $ 186,474     $ 140,832       $ 38,036  
 
                         
          Minimum future obligations for non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of at least one year in effect at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
                                         
    Company     Franchise                      
    Retail     Retail             Sublease        
    Stores     Stores     Other     Income     Total  
    (in thousands)  
 
                                       
2010
  $ 100,660     $ 21,421     $ 5,812     $ (21,421 )   $ 106,472  
2011
    83,393       17,312       5,025       (17,312 )     88,418  
2012
    63,061       11,983       3,091       (11,983 )     66,152  
2013
    46,572       6,702       2,318       (6,702 )     48,890  
2014
    33,914       2,274       2,180       (2,274 )     36,094  
Thereafter
    79,652       2,718       964       (2,718 )     80,616  
 
                             
 
  $ 407,252     $ 62,410     $ 19,390     $ (62,410 )   $ 426,642  
 
                             
NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Litigation
          The Company is engaged in various legal actions, claims and proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, products liabilities, intellectual property matters and employment-related matters resulting from the Company’s business activities. As with most actions such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. The Company continues to assess the requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with the standard on contingencies. If the Company is required to make a payment in connection with an adverse outcome in these matters, it could have a material impact on its financial condition and operating results.
          As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to the Company, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on its business or financial condition. The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. The Company typically seeks and has obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for its products or that manufacture or market products it sells. The Company also typically seeks to be added, and has been added, as an additional

102


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
insured under most of such parties’ insurance policies. The Company is also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. The Company may incur material products liability claims, which could increase its costs and adversely affect its reputation, revenues and operating income.
          Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione Cases. The Company is currently defending six lawsuits (the “Andro Actions”) relating to the sale by GNC of certain nutritional products alleged to contain the ingredients commonly known as Androstenedione, Androstenediol, Norandrostenedione, and Norandrostenediol (collectively, “Andro Products”). Five of these lawsuits were filed in California, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Florida. The most recent case was filed in Illinois (see Stephens and Pio matter discussed below).
          In each of the six cases, plaintiffs sought, or are seeking, to certify a class and obtain damages on behalf of the class representatives and all those similarly-situated who purchased from the Company certain nutritional supplements alleged to contain one or more Andro Products.
          In April 2006, the Company filed pleadings seeking to remove the then-pending Andro Actions to the respective federal district courts for the districts in which the respective Andro Actions were pending. At the same time, the Company filed motions seeking to transfer the then-pending Andro Actions to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York based on “related to” bankruptcy jurisdiction, as one of the manufacturers supplying it with Andro Products, and from whom it sought indemnity, MuscleTech Research and Development, Inc. (“MuscleTech”), had filed for bankruptcy. The Company was successful in removing the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida Andro Actions to federal court and transferring these actions to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York based on bankruptcy jurisdiction. The California case, Guzman v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., was not removed and remains pending in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles.
          Following the conclusion of the MuscleTech bankruptcy case, in September 2007, plaintiffs filed a stipulation dismissing all claims related to the sale of MuscleTech products in the four cases then-pending in the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York (New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida). Additionally, plaintiffs filed motions with the Court to remand those actions to their respective state courts, asserting that the federal court had been divested of jurisdiction because the MuscleTech bankruptcy action was no longer pending. That motion was never ruled upon and has been rendered moot by the disposition of the case, discussed below.
          On June 4, 2008, the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York (on its own motion) set a hearing for the purpose of hearing argument as to why the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida cases should not be dismissed for failure to prosecute in conformity to the Court’s Case Management Order. Following the hearing, the Court advised that all four cases would be dismissed with prejudice and issued an order to that effect. In August 2008, plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the four cases to U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, and oral argument was heard on October 14, 2009. The Second Circuit reversed the dismissal and remanded the case to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York.
          In the Guzman case in California, plaintiffs’ Motion for Class Certification was denied on September 8, 2008. Plaintiffs appealed on October 31, 2008. Oral arguments took place on January 15, 2010 and the court reversed the order denying class certification.
          On October 3, 2008, the plaintiffs in the five other Andro Actions filed another suit related to the sale of Andro Products in state court in Illinois. Stephens and Pio v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (Case No. 08 CH 37097, Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, County Department, Chancery Division). The allegations are substantially similar to all of the other Andro Actions.

103


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          As any liabilities that may arise from these cases are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time, no liability has been accrued in the accompanying financial statements.
          California Wage and Break Claim. On November 4, 2008, ninety-eight plaintiffs filed individual claims against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, which was removed to the U.S. District Court, Central District of California on February 17, 2009. Each of the plaintiffs had previously been a member of a purported class in a lawsuit filed against the Company in 2007 and resolved in September 2009. The plaintiffs allege that they were not provided all of the rest and meal periods to which they were entitled under California law, and further allege that we failed to pay them split shift and overtime compensation to which they were entitled under California law. Discovery in this case is ongoing and we are vigorously defending these matters. The court has developed a mediation procedure for handling the pending claims and has ordered the parties to mediate with small groups of plaintiffs and stayed the case as to the plaintiffs not participating in the mediations. The first of the mediation sessions occurred February 10, 2010 and March 4, 2010 and did not result in any settlements. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Franchise Class Action. On November 7, 2006, Abdul Ahussain, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, sued GNC Franchising, LLC and General Nutrition Corporation in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California, Western Division. Plaintiff alleged that GNC engages in unfair business practices designed to earn a profit at its franchisees’ expense, among other things, in violation of California Business & Professions Code, §§ 17200 et seq. (the “CBPC”). These alleged practices include: (1) requiring its franchises to carry slow moving products, which cannot be returned to GNC after expiration, with the franchisee bearing the loss; (2) requiring franchised stores to purchase new or experimental products, effectively forcing the franchisees to provide free market research; (3) using our Gold Card program to collect information on franchised store customers and then soliciting business from such customers; (4) underselling its franchised stores by selling products through the GNC website at prices below or close to the wholesale price, thereby forcing franchises to sell the same products at a loss; and (5) manipulating prices at which franchised stores can purchase products from third-party suppliers, so as to maintain GNC’s favored position as a product wholesaler. Plaintiffs are seeking damages in an unspecified amount and equitable and injunctive relief. On March 19, 2008, the court certified a class as to only plaintiffs’ claim under the CBPC. The class consists of all persons or entities who are or were GNC franchisees in the State of California from November 13, 2002 to the date of adjudication. Plaintiff’s individual claims were settled and dismissed. On March 18, 2009, the Company’s motion for summary judgment was granted as to the CBPC class claim. In April 2009, GNC filed a motion for court costs and attorneys’ fees and the court ordered the plaintiffs to pay approximately $0.4 million to GNC for its fees and costs. Plaintiff’s judgment was satisfied in full by October 6, 2009, and a Satisfaction of Judgment was filed with the court on that date.
          Jackson Claim. On November 10, 2008, Grady Jackson, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, filed a complaint against General Nutrition Corporation and the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Alameda. On December 15, 2008, the matter was removed to the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California. This consumer class and representative action brought under California Unfair Competition and False Advertising Law asserts, among other things, that the non-GNC product “Nikki Haskell’s Star Caps” contained a prescription diuretic ingredient that was not disclosed on the label. On March 31, 2009, GNC filed a motion to dismiss. By order dated June 10, 2009, the court dismissed three of the seven counts asserted by plaintiffs. In September 2009, a settlement was reached, contemplating payment of an immaterial amount of attorneys’ fees to putative class counsel by GNC, and distribution of GNC discount coupons to certain putative class members. The court signed the stipulation of dismissal on October 27, 2009.
          DiMauro Claim. On December 18, 2008, plaintiffs Laura and Charles DiMauro filed a personal injury complaint against General Nutrition Corporation in Circuit Court for Miami-Dade County Florida. Plaintiffs allege that Laura DiMauro’s use and consumption of a non-GNC product called “Up Your Gas” resulted in liver failure that required a liver transplant in August 2007. Plaintiffs assert, among other things, claims for strict liability, negligence, and fraud and seek unspecified monetary damages. GNC has moved to dismiss this case on the grounds of forum non conveniens. In December 2009, a settlement was reached, contemplating payment of an immaterial amount by GNC.

104


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          Romero Claim. On April 27, 2009, plaintiff J.C. Romero, a professional baseball player, filed a complaint against, among others, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. in Superior Court of New Jersey (Law Division/ Camden County). Plaintiff alleges that he purchased from a GNC store and consumed 6-OXO Extreme, which is manufactured by a third party, and in August 2008, was alleged to have tested positive for a banned substance. Plaintiff served a 50 game suspension imposed by Major League Baseball. The seven count complaint asserts, among other things, claims for negligence, strict liability, misrepresentation, breach implied warranty and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, and seeks unspecified monetary damages. GNC tendered the claim to the insurance company of the franchisee whose GNC store sold and allegedly misrepresented the product. On or about October 9, 2009, GNC answered plaintiff’s first amended complaint and cross-claimed against co-defendants Proviant Technologies and Ergopharm. Discovery in this case is ongoing and the Company is vigorously defending the matter. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Ciavarra Claim. On November 19, 2008, Ryan Ciavarra filed a personal injury lawsuit against, among others, General Nutrition Corporation, in the District Court of Harris County, Texas. Plaintiff alleges that his use and consumption of the diet product Hydroxycut, which is manufactured by a third party and was, until recently, sold in the Company’s stores, caused severe liver damage, jaundice and elevated liver enzymes. Plaintiff asserts claims for strict liability, negligence and breach of warranty and seeks unspecified monetary damages. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Hydroxycut Claims. On May 1, 2009, the FDA issued a warning on several Hydroxycut-branded products manufactured by Iovate Health Sciences U.S.A., Inc. (“Iovate”). The FDA warning was based on 23 reports of liver injuries from consumers who claimed to have used the products between 2002 and 2009. As a result, Iovate voluntarily recalled fourteen Hydroxycut-branded products. Following the recall, GNC was named, among other defendants, in 22 lawsuits in several states (note that prior to May 1, 2009, GNC was a co-defendant in one Hydroxycut case, Ciavarra (seeCiavarra Claim” entry above)). Iovate previously accepted GNC’s tender request for defense and indemnification under its purchasing agreement with GNC and, as such, Iovate has accepted GNC’s request for defense and indemnification in the new Hydroxycut matters. GNC’s ability to obtain full recovery in respect of any claims against GNC in connection with products manufactured by Iovate under the indemnity is dependent on Iovate’s insurance coverage and the creditworthiness of its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurer. To the extent GNC was not fully compensated by Iovate’s insurer, it could seek recovery directly from Iovate. GNC’s ability to fully recover such amounts would be limited by the creditworthiness of Iovate.
          GNC has been named in 23 lawsuits related to Hydroxycut: 17 individual, largely personal injury claims (including Ciavarra discussed above) and 6 putative class actions, generally inclusive of claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability, and breach of warranty.
          The following 16 personal injury matters were filed by individuals claiming injuries from use and consumption of Hydroxycut-branded products:
    Michael Owens and Donna Owens v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, BC413006 (filed May 1, 2009);
 
    Eva M. Stasiak v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, BC413201 (filed May 11, 2009);
 
    Jaime Ruben Perez v. Gerald Brandt, individually and d/b/a/ Breakthru Products, et al., 229th Judicial District, Duval County, Texas (filed May 29, 2009);
 
    Juan A. Noyola, II v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York, 09CV6740 (filed July 29, 2009);
 
    Christopher and Dana Hamilton v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Ohio, 09CV1944 (filed August 18, 2009);

105


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    Hector Manuel Abarca and Diana Curiel v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, 09CV3861 (filed August 21, 2009);
 
    Jessica Rogoff v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, BC422842 (filed September 29, 2009);
 
    Pattie Greenwood, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, USA, Inc., et al., State Court of Oklahoma County, CJ-2009-10759 (filed October 30, 2009);
 
    Lucretia Ballou v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Western District of Louisiana, 09CV1996 (filed December 3, 2009);
 
    Clinton Davis v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Pennsylvania, 09CV5055 (filed November 11, 2009);
 
    Michael Fyalka v. Iovate Health Sciences, et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of Illinois, 09CV944 (filed November 10, 2009);
 
    Monica Fay Stepter v. Iovate Health Sciences, USA, Inc., et al., 17th Judicial District Court, Parish of LaFourche, Louisiana (filed November 25, 2009);
 
    Andrew Nolley v. Muscletech Research and Development, et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Mississippi, 09CV140 (filed December 18, 2009);
 
    Kerry Donald v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, et al., Supreme Court of the State of New York, Kings County (filed January 22, 2010);
 
    Casey Slyter v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, District of Kansas, 10CV2065 (filed January 29, 2010); and
 
    Debra Rutherford, et al. v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 10CV370 (filed February 19, 2010).
Plaintiffs in the Owens and Stasiak cases dismissed those cases without prejudice in June 2009. Plaintiff Perez filed a Notice of Non-suit without prejudice which was granted by court order on November 18, 2009. Plaintiff Noyola amended the original complaint in December 2009 and did not identify GNC as a defendant.
          The following six putative class actions generally include claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability, and breach of warranty:
    Andrew Dremak, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV1088 (filed May 19, 2009);
 
    Enjoli Pennier, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Louisiana, 09CV3533 (filed May 13, 2009);
 
    Alejandro M. Jimenez, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of California, 09CV1473 (filed May 28, 2009);
 
    Amy Baker, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 09CV872 (filed May 4, 2009);
 
    Kyle Davis and Sara Carreon, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 09CV896 (filed May 7, 2009); and
 
    Lenny Charles Gunn, Tonya Rhoden, and Nicholas Atelevich, et al., v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV2337 (filed October 24, 2009).
By court order dated October 6, 2009, the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation consolidated pretrial proceedings of many of the pending actions (including the above-listed GNC class actions) in the Southern District of California (In re: Hydroxycut Marketing and Sales Practices Litigation, MDL No. 2087). Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Bedell Claim. On May 1, 2009, plaintiff Eugene Bedell, Jr. filed a personal injury complaint against, among others, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and GNC Corporation, in Circuit Court of Loudoun County, Virginia. Plaintiff alleges that his use and consumption of a non-GNC product called “Nitro T3” caused him to have a stroke. Plaintiff makes certain allegations regarding the risks of using and consuming Nitro T3 and GNC’s alleged failure to warn consumers of those risks. Plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary

106


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
damages. Under its purchasing agreement with the vendor, WellNx, GNC tendered the matter to WellNx for defense and indemnification. WellNx has accepted GNC’s request for defense and indemnification. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          Chen Claim. On April 30, 2009, plaintiff Yuging “Phillis” Chen filed a Third Amended Complaint against, among others, Nutra Manufacturing, Inc., in the Superior Court of California for the County of Los Angeles. Plaintiff alleges that her use and consumption of various products, including Mega Garlic Plus and Herbalifeline, manufactured by Nutra Manufacturing, caused personal injuries. Plaintiff asserts, among other things, claims for strict liability, negligence, and fraud, and seeks unspecified monetary damages. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
          California False Labeling and Consumer Fraud Claims. Beginning in May 2009, a series of false labeling and consumer fraud cases (listed below) were filed in California in connection with label claims of non-GNC products sold in the Company’s stores.
    Michael Gonzales and Zia Nawabi, et al. v. Maximum Human Performance, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV532 (filed May 5, 2009) (“Musclemeds”);
 
    Michael Campos and Michael Gonzales, et al. v. LG Sciences, LLC, et al., Superior Court of California, for the County of Orange, removed to U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV663 (filed May 20, 2009) (“LG Sciences”);
 
    Nicole Forlenza and Shaiden Monroe, et al. v. Dynakor Pharmacal, LLC, et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV3730 (filed May 26, 2009) (“Basic Research — Akävar”);
 
    Vance Monroe and Mac Gonzales, et al. v. Biotab Nutraceuticals, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV1207 (filed June 3, 2009);
 
    Richard Johnson, et al. v. Vianda, LLC, et al., Superior Court of California, for the County of Los Angeles, BC 423825 (filed October 20, 2009); and
 
    Michael Flores, et al. v. EP2. Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV7872 (filed October 28, 2009).
The LG Sciences matter was settled and dismissed in August 2009. A settlement was reached and approved by the Court in December 2009 in the Musclemeds case. Plaintiffs in the Basic Research - Akävar case dismissed GNC with prejudice in January 2010, after which a similar action, Shalena Dysthe, et al., v. Basic Research, et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV8013 (filed November 2, 2009) was filed by a different law firm.
Commitments
          The Company maintains certain purchase commitments with various vendors to ensure its operational needs are fulfilled of approximately $20.5 million. The future purchase commitments consisted of $9.7 million of advertising, inventory commitments and spending for website redesign, $10.8 million management services agreement and bank fees. Other commitments related to the Company’s business operations cover varying periods of time and are not significant. All of these commitments are expected to be fulfilled with no adverse consequences to the Company’s operations of financial condition.
     Environmental Compliance
          In March 2008, the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control (“DHEC”) requested that the Company investigate its South Carolina facility for a possible source or sources of contamination detected on an adjoining property. The Company has commenced the investigation at the facility as requested by DHEC. After several phases of the investigation the possible source or sources of contamination have not been sufficiently identified. The Company is continuing such investigation. The proceedings in this matter have not yet progressed to a stage where it is possible to estimate the timing and extent of any remedial action that may be required, the ultimate cost of remediation, or the amount of the Company’s potential liability.

107


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          In addition to the foregoing, the Company is subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing its operations, including the handling, transportation, and disposal of the Company’s non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from its operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water, and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties, or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in their processes could also cause the Company to incur additional capital and operation expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. The Company also is subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes that were sent in connection with current or former operations at its facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect the Company’s ability to sell or lease its properties, or to use them as collateral for financing. From time to time, the Company has incurred costs and obligations for correcting environmental and health and safety noncompliance matters and for remediation at or relating to certain of its properties or properties at which its waste has been disposed. The Company believes it has complied with, and is currently complying with, its environmental obligations pursuant to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and that any liabilities for noncompliance will not have a material adverse effect on its business or financial performance. However, it is difficult to predict future liabilities and obligations, which could be material.
NOTE 17. STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
          At December 31, 2009 there were 100 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding. All of our outstanding stock was owned by GNC Corporation, our direct parent, at December 31, 2009.
          The accumulated balances of other comprehensive income and their related tax effects included as part of the consolidated financial statements are as follows:
                                                 
                    Tax Benefit        
    Before tax amount     (Expense)     Net Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  
            Unrealized                     Unrealized        
    Foreign     Gain/(Loss)     Unrealized     Foreign     Gain/(Loss)        
    currency     on     Gain/(Loss) on     currency     on        
$ in thousands   translation     Derivatives     Derivatives     translation     Derivatives     Total  
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ (852 )   $     $     $ (852 )   $     $ (852 )
 
                                           
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (4,767 )                 (4,767 )           (4,767 )
 
                                             
Unrealized loss on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge, net of tax
          (13,267 )     4,829             (8,438 )     (8,438 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2008
    (5,619 )     (13,267 )     4,829       (5,619 )     (8,438 )     (14,057 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    4,172                   4,172             4,172  
Unrealized gain on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge, net of tax
          4,223       (1,537 )           2,686       2,686  
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ (1,447 )   $ (9,044 )   $ 3,292     $ (1,447 )   $ (5,752 )   $ (7,199 )
 
                                   

108


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 18. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
Stock Options
          The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of options under the standard, which is consistent with disclosures previously included in prior year financial statements under the previous standard for stock compensation. The resulting compensation cost is recognized in the Company’s financial statements over the option vesting period. At December 31, 2009, the net unrecognized compensation cost was $8.8 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.4 years.
          In 2007, the Board of Directors of the Parent (the “Board”) and Parent’s stockholders approved and adopted the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Parent to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the success of the Company. The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards. The Plan is available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of the Board. The total number of shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock reserved and available for the 2007 Plan is 10.4 million shares. Stock options under the Plan generally are granted with exercise prices at or above fair market value, typically vest over a four or five-year period and expire ten years from date of grant. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares have been granted under the Plan.
          The following table outlines our Parent’s total stock options activity:
                 
            Weighted
            Average
    Total Options   Exercise Price
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    8,883,692     $ 7.10  
Granted
    806,850       10.16  
Exercised
           
Forfeited
    (338,715 )     6.25  
Expired
    (88,187 )     6.25  
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    9,263,640     $ 7.27  
 
               
 
               
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
    3,173,710     $ 6.65  
 
               
          The standard on stock compensation requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 was $2.9 million, $2.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
          As of December 31, 2009, the weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was 7.7 years. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 7.9 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2009, 2008, and 2007, was $3.19, $1.17, and $1.61, respectively.
          The Black-Scholes model utilizes the following assumptions in determining a fair value: price of underlying stock, option exercise price, expected option term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, and expected stock price volatility over the option’s expected term. As the Company has had minimal exercises of stock options through December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 option term has been estimated by considering both the vesting period, which is typically for the successor and predecessor plans, five and four years, respectively, and the contractual term of ten and seven years, respectively. As the Company’s underlying stock is not publicly traded on an open market, the Company utilized its current peer group

109


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
average to estimate the expected volatility. The assumptions used in the Company’s Black-Scholes valuation related to stock option grants made during the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                         
    2009   2008   2007
 
Dividend yield
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Expected option life
  7.5 years   7.5 years   7.5 years
Volatility factor percentage of market price
    34.20%-44.60 %     26.00%-28.40 %     23.00%-25.00 %
Discount rate
    0.43%-3.28 %     3.08%-3.64 %     4.16%-4.96 %
          As the Black-Scholes option valuation model utilizes certain estimates and assumptions, the existing models do not necessarily represent the definitive fair value of options for future periods.
Predecessor
          In 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company and GNC Corporation approved and adopted the GNC Corporation 2006 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”). In 2003 the boards approved and adopted the GNC Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Centers Holding Company) 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan” and, together with the 2006 Plan, the “Plans”). The purpose of the Plans was to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who would contribute to the success of the Company. The Plans provided for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance shares. The Plans were available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of the boards. The total number of shares of GNC Corporation’s common stock reserved and available for the 2006 Plan was 3.8 million shares and under the 2003 Plan was 4.0 million shares. Stock options under the Plans generally were granted at fair market value, vested over a four-year vesting schedule and expired after seven years from date of grant. If stock options were granted at an exercise price that was less than fair market value at the date of grant, compensation expense was recognized immediately for the intrinsic value. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares were granted under the Plans as of December 31, 2006.
          The standard on stock compensation requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. For the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, the Company recognized total compensation expense of $4.1 million, of which $3.8 million related to the acceleration of the vesting of these options. The Company recorded $47.0 million as a reduction in equity on March 15, 2007 related to the cancellation of these options.

110


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 19. SEGMENTS
          The Company has three operating segments, each of which is a reportable segment. The operating segments represent identifiable components of the Company for which separate financial information is available. This information is utilized by management to assess performance and allocate assets accordingly. The Company’s management evaluates segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are sales and operating income or loss for each segment. Operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, excludes certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as distribution and warehousing, impairments and other corporate costs. The following table represents key financial information for each of the Company’s business segments, identifiable by the distinct operations and management of each: Retail, Franchising, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The Retail segment includes the Company’s corporate store operations in the United States, Canada and its www.gnc.com business. The Franchise segment represents the Company’s franchise operations, both domestically and internationally. The Manufacturing/Wholesale segment represents the Company’s manufacturing operations in South Carolina and the Wholesale sales business. This segment supplies the Retail and Franchise segments, along with various third parties, with finished products for sale. The Warehousing and Distribution, Corporate Costs, and Other Unallocated Costs represent the Company’s administrative expenses. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”.

111


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The following table represents key financial information of the Company’s business segments:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     March 16 -       January 1 -  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
                                 
Revenue:
                                 
Retail
  $ 1,256,314     $ 1,219,305     $ 909,264       $ 259,313  
Franchise
    264,168       258,020       193,896         47,237  
Manufacturing/Wholesale:
                                 
Intersegment (1)
    201,306       180,070       133,051         35,477  
Third Party
    186,525       179,404       119,827         23,279  
 
                         
Sub total Manufacturing/Wholesale
    387,831       359,474       252,878         58,756  
Sub total segment revenues
    1,908,313       1,836,799       1,356,038         365,306  
Intersegment elimination (1)
    (201,306 )     (180,070 )     (133,051 )       (35,477 )
 
                         
Total revenue
  $ 1,707,007     $ 1,656,729     $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829  
 
                         
 
                                 
(1) Intersegment revenues are eliminated from consolidated revenue.
                         
 
                                 
Operating income (loss):
                                 
Retail
  $ 153,142     $ 140,916     $ 106,448       $ 28,249  
Franchise
    80,800       80,816       55,000         14,518  
Manufacturing/Wholesale
    73,450       67,378       38,915         10,267  
Unallocated corporate and other costs:
                                 
Warehousing and distribution costs
    (53,557 )     (54,266 )     (40,697 )       (10,667 )
Corporate costs
    (72,644 )     (65,063 )     (52,560 )       (26,739 )
Merger-related costs
                        (34,603 )
 
                         
Sub total unallocated corporate and other costs
    (126,201 )     (119,329 )     (93,257 )       (72,009 )
 
                         
Total operating income (loss)
    181,191       169,781       107,106         (18,975 )
Interest expense, net
    69,953       83,000       75,522         43,036  
 
                         
Income before income taxes
    111,238       86,781       31,584         (62,011 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    41,619       32,001       12,600         (10,697 )
 
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 69,619     $ 54,780     $ 18,984       $ (51,314 )
 
                         

112


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     March 16 -       January 1 -  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
    (in thousands)  
Depreciation and amortization:
                                 
Retail
  $ 24,164     $ 21,449     $ 14,806       $ 4,114  
Franchise
    4,081       5,001       4,025         365  
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    10,926       9,783       7,014         1,714  
Corporate / Other
    7,494       6,220       4,156         1,183  
 
                         
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 46,665     $ 42,453     $ 30,001       $ 7,376  
 
                         
Capital expenditures:
                                 
Retail
  $ 20,640     $ 33,074     $ 18,347       $ 4,778  
Franchise
    2       7       4          
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    4,527       11,108       6,694         285  
Corporate / Other
    3,513       4,477       3,806         630  
 
                         
Total capital expenditures
  $ 28,682     $ 48,666     $ 28,851       $ 5,693  
 
                         
Total assets
                                 
Retail
  $ 1,262,755     $ 1,263,229     $ 1,242,999       $ 472,131  
Franchise
    468,949       471,247       476,685         273,348  
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    423,884       436,018       426,250         129,438  
Corporate / Other
    149,240       121,514       93,698         106,348  
 
                         
Total assets
  $ 2,304,828     $ 2,292,008     $ 2,239,632       $ 981,265  
 
                         
Geographic areas
                                 
Total revenues:
                                 
United States
  $ 1,618,452     $ 1,567,641     $ 1,156,806       $ 314,804  
Foreign
    88,555       89,088       66,181         15,025  
 
                         
Total revenues
  $ 1,707,007     $ 1,656,729     $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829  
 
                         
Long-lived assets:
                                 
United States
  $ 193,762     $ 201,787     $ 189,416       $ 181,617  
Foreign
    10,151       6,885       6,526         3,323  
 
                         
Total long-lived assets
  $ 203,913     $ 208,672     $ 195,942       $ 184,940  
 
                         
          The following table represents sales by general product category. The category “Other” includes other wellness products sales from the Company’s point of sales system and certain required accounting adjustments of $5.7 million for 2009, $4.7 million for 2008, $5.0 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and ($0.6) million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.

113


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31       March 15,  
U.S Retail Product Categories:   2009     2008     2007       2007  
    (in thousands)  
VMHS
  $ 496,427     $ 465,245     $ 342,731       $ 98,447  
Sports Nutrition Products
    443,408       410,133       299,035         87,983  
Diet and Weight Management Products
    128,039       148,158       120,099         36,647  
Other Wellness Products
    99,886       106,681       81,218         21,211  
 
                         
Total U.S. Retail revenues
    1,167,759       1,130,217       843,083         244,288  
Canada retail revenues (1)
    88,555       89,088       66,181         15,025  
 
                         
Total Retail Revenue
  $ 1,256,314     $ 1,219,305     $ 909,264       $ 259,313  
 
                         
 
(1)   Canada sales are presented in total not by category as product sales for Canada are managed in local currency.
          The data above represents the majority of the revenue reported for the domestic portion of the Company’s retail segment. In addition to these sales, additional revenue and revenue adjustments are recorded to ensure conformity with GAAP. This includes wholesale revenue (to the Company’s military commissary locations), deferral of our Gold Card revenue to match the twelve month discount period of the card, and a reserve for customer returns. These items are recurring in nature, and the Company expects to record similar adjustments in the future.
          In addition to the Retail product categories discussed above, Franchise revenues are primarily generated from (1) product sales to franchisees, (2) royalties from franchise retail sales and (3) franchise fees, and Manufacturing/ Wholesale sales are generated from sales of manufactured products to third parties, primarily in the VMHS product category.
NOTE 20. FRANCHISE REVENUE
          The Company’s Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. The Company enters into franchise agreements with initial terms of ten years. The Company charges franchisees three types of flat franchise fees associated with stores: initial, transfer and renewal. The initial franchise fee is payable prior to the franchise store opening as consideration for the initial franchise rights and services performed by the Company. Transfer fees are paid as consideration for the same rights and services as the initial fee and occur when a former franchisee transfers ownership of the franchise location to a new franchisee. This is typically a reduced fee compared to the initial franchise fee. The renewal franchise fee is charged to existing franchisees upon renewal of the franchise contract. This fee is similar to, but typically less than the initial fee.
          Once the franchised store is opened, transferred or renewed, the Company has no further obligations under these fees to the franchisee. Therefore, all initial, transfer and renewal franchise fee revenue is recognized in the period in which a franchise store is opened, transferred or date the contract period is renewed. The Company recognized initial franchise fees of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $1.4 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $0.3 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.

114


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          The following is a summary of our franchise revenue by type:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     March 16 -       January 1 -  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
    (in thousands)  
Product sales
  $ 217,920     $ 209,662     $ 160,665       $ 38,409  
Royalties
    35,561       35,147       25,990         7,102  
Franchise fees
    4,570       5,676       3,013         810  
Other
    6,117       7,535       4,228         916  
 
                         
Total franchise revenue
  $ 264,168     $ 258,020     $ 193,896       $ 47,237  
 
                         
NOTE 21. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
          The Company remitted cash payments for federal and state income taxes of $16.0 million, $18.1 million, and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, respectively. The Company received cash refunds of $19.7 million, net of tax payments for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007.
          The Company remitted cash payments for interest expense related to outstanding debt of $66.7 million, $80.1 million, $56.8 million, and $38.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.
          In September 2009, the Company converted a short term receivable of $1.2 million from a franchisee into a long term note receivable.

115


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 22. RETIREMENT PLANS
          The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution savings plan covering substantially all employees. Full time employees who have completed 30 days of service and part time employees who have completed 1,000 hours of service are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan provides for employee contributions of 1% to 80% of individual compensation into deferred savings, subject to IRS limitations. The plan provides for Company contributions upon the employee meeting the eligibility requirements. The Company match consists of both a fixed and a discretionary match which is based on a specified financial target for all participants in the plan. The fixed match is 50% on the first 3% of the salary that an employee defers and the discretionary match could be up to an additional 100% match on the 3% deferral. A discretionary match can be approved at any time by the Company.
          An employee becomes vested in the Company match portion as follows:
         
    Percent
Years of Service   Vested
0-1
    0 %
1-2
    33 %
2-3
    66 %
3+
    100 %
          The Company made cash contributions of $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and $0.9 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $0.3 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007. In addition, the Company made a discretionary match for the 2007 plan year of $0.6 million in April 2008, for the 2008 plan year of $0.6 million in March 2009 and for the 2009 plan year of $0.6 million in February 2010.
          The Company has a Non-qualified Executive Retirement Arrangement Plan that covers key employees. Under the provisions of this plan, certain eligible key employees are granted cash compensation, which in the aggregate was not significant for any year presented.
          The Company has a Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan that provides benefits payable to certain qualified key employees upon their retirement or their designated beneficiaries upon death. This plan allows participants the opportunity to defer pretax amounts ranging from 2% to 100% of their base compensation plus bonuses. The plan is funded entirely by elective contributions made by the participants. The Company has elected to finance any potential plan benefit obligations using corporate owned life insurance policies.
NOTE 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
          As described in Note 2, the Company adopted the provisions of the new standard on fair value measurements and disclosures as of January 1, 2008. This standard defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The standard clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the standard establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

116


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Level 1 —   observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;
 
  Level 2 —   observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, other inputs that are observable, or can be corroborated by observable market data; and
 
  Level 3 —   unobservable inputs for which there are little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.
          The following table presents our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 by level within the fair value hierarchy:
                         
    Fair Value Measurements Using
    Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
    (in thousands)
 
                       
Other long-term liabilities
  $ 2,337     $ 14,679      
          The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for these items, as well as the general classification of such items pursuant to the fair value hierarchy of the standard on Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures:
          Other long-term liabilities — Other long-term liabilities classified as Level 1 consist of liabilities related to the Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The liabilities related to these plans are adjusted based on changes in the fair value of the underlying employee-directed investment choices. Since the employee-directed investment choices are exchange traded equity indexes with quoted prices in active markets, the liabilities are classified as within Level 1 on the fair value hierarchy. Other long-term liabilities classified as Level 2 consist of the Company’s interest rate swaps. The derivatives are a pay-variable, receive-fixed interest rate swap based on a LIBOR rate. Fair value is based on a model-derived valuation using the LIBOR rate, which is an observable input in an active market. Therefore, the Company’s derivative is classified as Level 2 on the fair value hierarchy.
          In addition to the above table, the Company’s financial instruments also consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt. The Company did not elect to value its long-term debt with the fair value option in accordance with the standard on Financial Instruments. The Company believes that the recorded values of all of its other financial instruments approximate their fair values because of their nature and respective durations.
NOTE 24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
          Successor:
          Management Services Agreement. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a services agreement with its ultimate Parent, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc (“Holdings”). Under the agreement, Holdings agreed to provide the Company and its subsidiaries with certain services in exchange for an annual fee of $1.5 million, as well as customary fees for services rendered in connection with certain major financial transactions, plus reimbursement of expenses and a tax gross-up relating to a non-tax deductible portion of the fee. The company agreed to provide customary indemnifications to Holdings and its affiliates and those providing services on its behalf. In addition, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company incurred an aggregate fee of $10.0 million, plus reimbursement of expenses, payable to Holdings for services rendered in connection with the Merger. As of December 31, 2009, $4.2 million had been paid pursuant to this agreement.

117


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          Credit Facility. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a $735.0 million credit agreement, of which various Ares fund portfolios, which are related to one of our sponsors, are investors. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, certain affiliates of Ares Management LLC held approximately $62.1 million and $63.9 million, respectively of term loans under the Company’s 2007 Senior Credit Facility.
          Stock Purchase. During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, Axcel Partners III, LLC, of which an officer and director of the Company is a member, purchased 273,215 shares of Common Stock of Holdings at a price of $6.82 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.9 million and 45,478 shares of Common Stock of Holdings at a price of $7.08 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.3 million, respectively and 110,151 and 18,710 shares of Preferred Stock of Holdings at a price of $5.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the dates of purchase, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
          Lease Agreements. General Nutrition Centres Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is party to 21 lease agreements, as lessee, with Cadillac Fairview Corporation, as lessor, with respect to properties located in Canada. Cadillac Fairview Corporation is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of OTPP, one of the principal stockholders of Holdings. The aggregate value of the leases is approximately $12.4 million, together with certain future landlord related costs, of which $2.4 million was paid for the year ended December 31, 2009, $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $2.0 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007. Each lease was negotiated in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis.
          Product Purchases. During the Company’s 2009 fiscal year, it purchased certain fish oil and probiotics products manufactured by Lifelong Nutrition, Inc. (“Lifelong”) for resale under the Company’s proprietary brand name WELLbeING. Carmen Fortino, who serves as one of the directors of the Company and its Parent, is the Managing Director, a member of the Board of Directors and a stockholder of Lifelong. The aggregate value of the products the Company purchased from Lifelong was $3.3 million for the 2009 fiscal year.
          Predecessor:
          Management Service Fees. As of December 5, 2003, the Company and Parent entered into a management services agreement with Apollo Management V. The agreement provides that Apollo Management V furnish certain investment banking, management, consulting, financial planning, and financial advisory services on an ongoing basis and for any significant financial transactions that may have been undertaken. The length of the agreement was ten years. There was an annual general services fee of $1.5 million, which was payable in monthly installments. There were also major transaction services fees for services that Apollo Management V provided based on normal and customary fees of like kind. In addition, the Company reimbursed expenses that were incurred and paid by Apollo Management V on behalf of the Company. For the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, $0.4 million was paid to Apollo Management V under the terms of this agreement. In addition, as a result of the Merger, for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, $7.5 million was paid to Apollo Management V as a one-time payment for the termination of the management services agreement.

118


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 25. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION
          As of December 31, 2009 the Company’s debt included its 2007 Senior Credit Facility, Senior Toggle Notes and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility has been guaranteed by GNC Corporation and the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Toggle Notes are general non collateralized obligations of the Company, are effectively subordinated to the Company’s 2007 Senior Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the 2007 Senior Credit Facility and are senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Company, including its 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a non collateralized basis by all of the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are general non collateralized obligations and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries and rank junior in right of payment to the Company’s 2007 Senior Credit Facility and Senior Toggle Notes. The guarantors are the same for the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, Senior Toggle Notes and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. Non-guarantor subsidiaries include the remaining direct and indirect foreign subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantors are 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
          Presented below are condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company as the parent/issuer, and the combined guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and the period ended March 15, 2007. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
          The Company reorganized its corporate structure effective January 1, 2009. Certain guarantor subsidiaries were merged into General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (the “Parent/Issuer”), which remained the Parent/Issuer after the reorganization; certain other guarantor subsidiaries were merged into each other. Supplemental guarantor information for periods prior to January 1, 2009 reflect the corporate structure that existed prior to the reorganization.

119


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
    Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
December 31, 2009   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
                    (in thousands)                  
 
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 77,797     $ (4,801 )   $ 2,093     $     $ 75,089  
Receivables, net
    895       92,273       1,187             94,355  
Intercompany receivables
    139,168                   (139,168 )      
Inventories, net
          339,975       30,517             370,492  
Prepaids and other current assets
    19,308       14,409       8,502             42,219  
 
                             
Total current assets
    237,168       441,856       42,299       (139,168 )     582,155  
 
                                       
Goodwill
          624,285       468             624,753  
Brands
          720,000                   720,000  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    7,409       163,882       28,290             199,581  
Investment in subsidiaries
    1,550,708       (7,687 )           (1,543,021 )      
Other assets
    28,876       157,018             (8,781 )     177,113  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 1,824,161     $ 2,099,354     $ 71,057     $ (1,690,970 )   $ 2,303,602  
 
                             
 
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
  $ 34,129     $ 154,435     $ 11,023     $     $ 199,587  
Intercompany payables
          113,359       25,809       (139,168 )      
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    34,129       267,794       36,832       (139,168 )     199,587  
 
                                       
Long-term debt
    1,052,341       32       14,493       (8,781 )     1,058,085  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (4,754 )     294,087       (439 )           288,894  
Other long-term liabilities
    24,929       14,129       462             39,520  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    1,106,645       576,042       51,348       (147,949 )     1,586,086  
Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)
    717,516       1,523,312       19,709       (1,543,021 )     717,516  
 
                             
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity (deficit)
  $ 1,824,161     $ 2,099,354     $ 71,057     $ (1,690,970 )   $ 2,303,602  
 
                             

120


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
    Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
December 31, 2008   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
                    (in thousands)                  
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 40,077     $ 2,230     $     $ 42,307  
Receivables, net
    369       88,972       72             89,413  
Intercompany receivables
          87,554             (87,554 )      
Inventories, net
          342,085       21,569             363,654  
Prepaids and other current assets
    (82 )     55,520       3,969             59,407  
 
                             
Total current assets
    287       614,208       27,840       (87,554 )     554,781  
 
                                       
Goodwill
          622,441       468             622,909  
Brands
          720,000                   720,000  
Property, plant and equipment, net
          180,494       25,660             206,154  
Investment in subsidiaries
    1,797,306       10,482             (1,807,788 )      
Other assets
    22,470       174,475             (8,781 )     188,164  
 
                             
Total assets
  $ 1,820,063     $ 2,322,100     $ 53,968     $ (1,904,123 )   $ 2,292,008  
 
                             
 
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
  $ 20,644     $ 220,120     $ 8,958     $     $ 249,722  
Intercompany payables
    69,244             18,310       (87,554 )      
 
                             
Total current liabilities
    89,888       220,120       27,268       (87,554 )     249,722  
 
                                       
Long-term debt
    1,064,024       30       15,964       (8,781 )     1,071,237  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (4,813 )     282,816                   278,003  
Other long-term liabilities
    18,902       21,828       254             40,984  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    1,168,001       524,794       43,486       (96,335 )     1,639,946  
Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)
    652,062       1,797,306       10,482       (1,807,788 )     652,062  
 
                                       
 
                             
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity (deficit)
  $ 1,820,063     $ 2,322,100     $ 53,968     $ (1,904,123 )   $ 2,292,008  
 
                             

121


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
    Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Year ended December 31, 2009   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
                    (in thousands)                  
Revenue
  $     $ 1,622,085     $ 102,092     $ (17,170 )   $ 1,707,007  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          1,060,619       72,988       (17,170 )     1,116,437  
 
                             
Gross profit
          561,466       29,104             590,570  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
    41,713       205,190       16,143             263,046  
Advertising and promotion
          49,280       754             50,034  
Other selling, general and administrative
    33,111       63,431       (88 )           96,454  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (75,141 )     997             74,144        
Other (income) expense
    (71,075 )     66,915       4,005             (155 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    71,392       175,653       8,290       (74,144 )     181,191  
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    4,204       64,569       1,180             69,953  
 
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes
    67,188       111,084       7,110       (74,144 )     111,238  
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (2,431 )     41,973       2,077             41,619  
 
                                       
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 69,619     $ 69,111     $ 5,033     $ (74,144 )   $ 69,619  
 
                             
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Year ended December 31, 2008   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
                    (in thousands)                  
Revenue
  $     $ 1,566,054     $ 102,018     $ (11,343 )   $ 1,656,729  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          1,020,402       73,571       (11,343 )     1,082,630  
 
                             
Gross profit
          545,652       28,447             574,099  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          234,188       15,605             249,793  
Advertising and promotion
          54,351       709             55,060  
Other selling, general and administrative
    2,215       92,893       3,624             98,732  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (58,977 )     (5,565 )           64,542        
Other (income) expense
          126       607             733  
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    56,762       169,659       7,902       (64,542 )     169,781  
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    4,242       77,579       1,179             83,000  
 
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes
    52,520       92,080       6,723       (64,542 )     86,781  
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (2,260 )     33,103       1,158             32,001  
 
                                       
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 54,780     $ 58,977     $ 5,565     $ (64,542 )   $ 54,780  
 
                             

122


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
                    (in thousands)                  
Revenue
  $     $ 1,158,143     $ 75,180     $ (10,336 )   $ 1,222,987  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          770,261       54,313       (10,336 )     814,238  
 
                             
Gross profit
          387,882       20,867             408,749  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          183,901       11,891             195,792  
 
                                       
Advertising and promotion
          34,560       502             35,062  
Other selling, general and administrative
    1,356       67,315       2,542             71,213  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (24,467 )     (2,612 )           27,079        
Other (income) expense
          (77 )     (347 )           (424 )
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    23,111       104,795       6,279       (27,079 )     107,106  
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    7,080       67,611       831             75,522  
 
                                       
 
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes
    16,031       37,184       5,448       (27,079 )     31,584  
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (2,953 )     12,717       2,836             12,600  
 
                                       
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 18,984     $ 24,467     $ 2,612     $ (27,079 )   $ 18,984  
 
                             
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Predecessor           Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Period ended March 15, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
                    (in thousands)                  
Revenue
  $     $ 314,632     $ 17,489     $ (2,292 )   $ 329,829  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          201,973       12,494       (2,292 )     212,175  
 
                             
Gross profit
          112,659       4,995             117,654  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          61,615       2,696             64,311  
Advertising and promotion
          20,435       38             20,473  
Other selling, general and administrative
    86       17,514       (204 )           17,396  
Subsidiary (income) expense
    (12,958 )     (1,581 )           14,539        
Other (income) expense
    34,603             (154 )           34,449  
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    (21,731 )     14,676       2,619       (14,539 )     (18,975 )
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
    42,981       (539 )     594             43,036  
 
                                       
 
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (64,712 )     15,215       2,025       (14,539 )     (62,011 )
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (13,398 )     2,257       444             (10,697 )
 
                                       
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ (51,314 )   $ 12,958     $ 1,581     $ (14,539 )   $ (51,314 )
 
                             

123


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Year ended December 31, 2009   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
            (in thousands)          
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $     $ 109,200     $ 4,757     $ 113,957  
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
    (2,446 )     (22,470 )     (3,766 )     (28,682 )
Investment/distribution
    129,379       (129,379 )            
Acquisition of the Company
    (11,268 )                 (11,268 )
Other investing
          (2,224 )           (2,224 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    115,665       (154,073 )     (3,766 )     (42,174 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (278 )                 (278 )
Dividend payment
    (13,600 )                 (13,600 )
Financing fees
    (45 )                 (45 )
Other financing
    (23,945 )     (5 )     (1,377 )     (25,327 )
 
                       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (37,868 )     (5 )     (1,377 )     (39,250 )
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                249       249  
 
                       
 
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    77,797       (44,878 )     (137 )     32,782  
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          40,077       2,230       42,307  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $ 77,797     $ (4,801 )   $ 2,093     $ 75,089  
 
                       

124


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Year ended December 31, 2008   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
            (in thousands)          
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $     $ 71,618     $ 5,638     $ 77,256  
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (43,767 )     (4,899 )     (48,666 )
Investment/distribution
    13,056       (13,056 )            
Acquisition of intangible
          (1,000 )           (1,000 )
Acquisition of the Company
    (10,842 )                 (10,842 )
Other investing
          83             83  
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    2,214       (57,740 )     (4,899 )     (60,425 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (832 )                 (832 )
Other financing
    (1,382 )     109       (1,217 )     (2,490 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (2,214 )     109       (1,217 )     (3,322 )
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                (56 )     (56 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash
          13,987       (534 )     13,453  
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          26,090       2,764       28,854  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $     $ 40,077     $ 2,230     $ 42,307  
 
                       

125


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Successor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
            (in thousands)          
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $ 1,567     $ 80,795     $ 5,551     $ 87,913  
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (25,098 )     (3,753 )     (28,851 )
Investment/distribution
    40,878       (40,878 )            
Acquisition of the Company
    (1,642,061 )                 (1,642,061 )
Other investing
          (412 )           (412 )
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,601,183 )     (66,388 )     (3,753 )     (1,671,324 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (314 )                 (314 )
Issuance of new equity
    552,291                   552,291  
Borrowings from new senior credit facility
    675,000                   675,000  
Proceeds from issuance of new senior sub notes
    110,000                   110,000  
Proceeds from issuance of new senior notes
    297,000                   297,000  
Financing fees
    (29,298 )                 (29,298 )
Other financing
    (5,063 )     4,124       (958 )     (1,897 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,599,616       4,124       (958 )     1,602,782  
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                (29 )     (29 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net increase in cash
          18,531       811       19,342  
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          7,559       1,953       9,512  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $     $ 26,090     $ 2,764     $ 28,854  
 
                       

126


Table of Contents

GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Predecessor   Parent/     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Period ended March 15, 2007   Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
            (in thousands)          
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $ (43,103 )   $ (3,102 )   $ (583 )   $ (46,788 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (5,117 )     (576 )     (5,693 )
Investment/distribution
                       
Other investing
          (555 )           (555 )
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
          (5,672 )     (576 )     (6,248 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
 
                               
Contribution from selling shareholders
    463,393                   463,393  
Redemption of 8 5/8% senior notes
    (150,000 )                 (150,000 )
Redemption of 8 1/2% senior notes
    (215,000 )                 (215,000 )
Payment of 2003 senior credit facility
    (55,290 )                 (55,290 )
Other financing
          (4,136 )     (334 )     (4,470 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    43,103       (4,136 )     (334 )     38,633  
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                (165 )     (165 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net decrease in cash
          (12,910 )     (1,658 )     (14,568 )
 
                               
Beginning balance, cash
          20,469       3,611       24,080  
 
                       
 
                               
Ending balance, cash
  $     $ 7,559     $ 1,953     $ 9,512  
 
                       
NOTE 26. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
          Management has considered all other subsequent events.

127


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
          None.
ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
          Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act has been appropriately recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and are effective in ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
          Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
          Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on that framework.
          Our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
          There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 21, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION.
          None.

128


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of February 2, 2010.
             
Name   Age   Position
Joseph Fortunato
    56     Director and Chief Executive Officer
Beth J. Kaplan
    51     Director, President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer
Michael M. Nuzzo
    39     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
David Berg
    48     Executive Vice President of Global Business Development, Chief Operating Officer, International
Tom Dowd
    46     Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development
J. Kenneth Fox
    59     Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr.
    41     Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Lee Karayusuf
    59     Senior Vice President of Distribution and Transportation
Michael Locke
    64     Senior Vice President of Manufacturing
Robert Kral
    56     Senior Vice President of Merchandising
Robert Chessen
    59     Senior Vice President of Human Resources
Christine Clark
    50     Senior Vice President of eCommerce
Victoria Binau
    53     Senior Vice President of Marketing
Darryl Green
    49     Senior Vice President of Merchandising
Guru Ramanathan
    46     Senior Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer
Anthony Phillips
    42     Senior Vice President, Business Analytics and Inventory Management
Norman Axelrod
    57     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Andrew Claerhout
    38     Director
Carmen Fortino
    51     Director
Michael Hines
    53     Director
David B. Kaplan
    42     Director
Romeo Leemrijse
    39     Director
Jeffrey B. Schwartz
    35     Director
          Joseph Fortunato became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the Merger. Additionally, Mr. Fortunato has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2008. In November 2005, Mr. Fortunato became President and Chief Executive Officer of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. Mr. Fortunato served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from June 2005 until November 2005. Beginning in November 2001 until June 2005, Mr. Fortunato served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From October 2000 until November 2001, he served as its Executive Vice President of Retail Operations and Store Development. Mr. Fortunato began his employment with General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in October 1990 and has held various positions, including Senior Vice President of Financial Operations from 1997 to 1998, and Director of Financial Operations from 1990 to 1997. From 1984 to 1988, Mr. Fortunato was President of Fortunato & Associates Financial Consulting Group. From 1975 to 1984, Mr. Fortunato was the Controller of Motor Coils Manufacturing Company, a manufacturer of traction motors for locomotives and oil drilling rigs.

129


Table of Contents

          Beth J. Kaplan became one of our directors in February 2008. Additionally, Ms. Kaplan has served as our President and Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer since January 2008. From March 2005 to December 2007, Ms. Kaplan served as Managing Member for Axcel Partners, LLC, a venture capital firm. From June 2002 to March 2005, Ms. Kaplan was Executive Vice President of Bath & Body Works. Previous to this, Ms. Kaplan worked at Rite Aid Corporation as Senior Executive Vice President, and at Procter & Gamble Co. Ms. Kaplan also serves on the Board of Directors of Blackboard Inc.
          Michael M. Nuzzo became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in September 2008. Prior to joining GNC, Mr. Nuzzo was Senior Vice President — Finance at Abercrombie & Fitch. From 1999 to 2008, Mr. Nuzzo served in various senior level finance and retail operations and strategic planning roles with Abercrombie & Fitch. Prior to his work in the retail sector, Mr. Nuzzo was a senior consultant with William M. Mercer and Medimetrix Group. Mr. Nuzzo earned his undergraduate degree in Economics at Kenyon College in 1992 and also received his MBA in Finance and Accounting from the University of Chicago in 1998.
          David Berg became our Executive Vice President of Global Business Development and Chief Operating Officer International in August 2009. Prior to joining GNC, Mr. Berg was the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for Best Buy international from 2002 to 2009. From 2001 to 2002, he was the President and Chief Operating Officer, International Division for the United Kingdom based office equipment and solutions company Danka Business Systems. In the later part of the 90’s Mr. Berg had served as Danka’s Executive Vice President overseeing worldwide legal, corporate development, human resources and real estate function for the US operation. In the early part of this decade, Mr. Berg served as Senior Vice President and board member for Comdial Corporation a telecommunications manufacturer, franchisor and distributor; he also served as President and Chief Operating Officer for iPool.com. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Berg was Senior Vice President for Nordic Track, Inc. Mr. Berg started his career with Bell South Corporation where for eight years he was their Corporate Attorney.
          J. Kenneth Fox became our Senior Vice President and Treasurer in December 2006, and served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from March 2008 to September 2008. Previously, he served as our Vice President and Treasurer from June 1997 December 2006. Mr. Fox began his employment with GNC as Manager of Corporate Accounting in July 1985 and has served in various Accounting and Finance positions, including Manager Accounting/Budgets, Assistant Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer.
          Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. became our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary in September 2007. From January 2005 to September 2007, Mr. Stubenhofer worked at the law firm of McGuireWoods, LLP as a Partner and member of the Complex Commercial Litigation Department. From April 2002 to January 2005, Mr. Stubenhofer worked at McGuireWoods, LLP as an Associate. From June 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Stubenhofer served as our Assistant General Counsel.
          Tom Dowd became Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development in May 2007 (retroactive to April 2007), having served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Retail Operations of General Nutrition Corporation since December 2005 and as Senior Vice President of Stores since March 2003. From March 2001 until March 2003, Mr. Dowd was President of Healthlabs, LLC, an unaffiliated contract supplement manufacturing and product consulting company. Mr. Dowd was Senior Vice President of Retail Sales from May 2000 until March 2001, and Division Three Vice President of General Nutrition Corporation from December 1998 to May 2000.
          Lee Karayusuf became Senior Vice President of Distribution and Transportation of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in December 2000 with additional responsibility for its then affiliates, Rexall Sundown and Unicity. Mr. Karayusuf served as Manager of Transportation of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. from December 1991 until March 1994 and Vice President of Transportation and Distribution from 1994 until December 2000.
          Michael Locke became Senior Vice President of Manufacturing of Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. in June 2003. From January 2000 until June 2003, Mr. Locke served as the head of North American Manufacturing Operations for Numico, the former parent company of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From 1994 until 1999, he served as Senior Vice President of Manufacturing of Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. (f/k/a General Nutrition Products, Inc.), and from 1991 until 1993, he served as Vice President of Distribution. From 1986 until 1991, Mr. Locke served as Director of Distribution of General Nutrition Distribution Company, our indirect subsidiary.

130


Table of Contents

          Robert Kral became our Senior Vice President of Merchandising in July 2009. Prior to joining GNC, Mr. Kral operated a consulting business from 2007 to 2009, and created and worked on several entrepreneurial opportunities, including a pay as you go broadband wireless business. Prior to 2007, Mr. Kral held various positions at Walgreen’s; he served as Senior Vice President of Merchandising from 2006 to 2007; Vice President of Merchandising Strategies from 2002 to 2006; Operations Vice President from 2000 to 2002; District Manager from 1994 to 1998; and store manager from 1982 to 1998. Mr. Kral started his career as a Pharmacist at Walgreen’s in 1977.
          Robert Chessen became Senior Vice President of Human Resources in August 2008. Prior to joining GNC, Mr. Chessen served as Vice President of Human Resources for Charming Shoppes, Inc. from 2002 to July 2008. Mr. Chessen held senior HR positions both in Charming’s corporate offices and its Crosstown Traders division. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Chessen was Vice President of Human Resources for Weis Markets. From 1993 to 2000, Mr. Chessen served in various positions with Gart Sports, including Senior Vice President of Human Resources. Mr. Chessen began his career with May Department Stores and held various positions in management, merchandising and human resources positions from 1973 to 1993. He is a graduate of Northwestern University.
          Christine Clark became Senior Vice President of eCommerce in August 2008. From 2003 to 2008, Ms. Clark was President/Founder of MCR Strategies, a multi-faceted consulting company focusing on electronic retailing opportunities. From 2000 to 2003, Ms. Clark was Senior Vice President and General Manager of HSN.com, a division of the Home Shopping Network. Prior to 2000, Ms. Clark held various Senior Merchandising/Management positions at Fogdog.com, Vitalcast.com, Coast to Coast Apparel Services, Macy’s West and Bloomingdales NY.
          Victoria Binau became our Senior Vice President of Marketing in February 2009. Prior to joining GNC, Ms. Binau was the Senior Vice President, Marketing for the Babies ‘R’ Us division of Toys ‘R’ Us Inc. from 2007 to 2009. In 2006, she led the Marketing Research and Visual Merchandising functions at RadioShack Corp. A member of the U.S. Marketing Leadership Team, Ms. Binau held a variety of key Marketing positions for the McDonald’s Corp. in both national and global marketing concepts. From 1996 to 1998, Ms. Binau was the Vice President of Account Services for Falgren Advertising in Columbus, OH. From 1986 to 1989, Ms. Binau worked for the McDonald’s Corp in various Regional Field positions. From 1979 to 1986, she worked for Nationwise Autoparts, WCOL/WXGT and Lazarus in advertising, media, communications and broadcast roles. Ms. Binau is a graduate of Ohio State University.
          Darryl Green became our Senior Vice President of Domestic Franchising in August 2005, having served as Vice President of Retail Operations for the Southeast United States since November 2003. Mr. Green began his employment with GNC in 1983 and has served in various retail, marketing and franchising positions with the Company, including Division Merchandise Manager and Vice President of Retail Sales.
          Guru Ramanathan Ph.D., became our Senior Vice President of Product and Package Innovation in February 2008, having previously served as Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs since April 2007 and Vice President of Scientific Affairs since December 2003. Dr. Ramanathan began his employment as Medical Director of General Nutrition Corporation in April 1998. Between August 2000 and December 2003, he also provided scientific and clinical trials oversight for the North American subsidiaries of Royal Numico, the former parent company of General Nutrition Corporation. Prior to joining General Nutrition Corporation, Dr. Ramanathan worked as Medical Director and Secretary for the Efamol subsidiary of Scotia Pharmaceuticals in Boston. Between 1984 and 1998, in his capacity as a pediatric dentist and dental surgeon, Dr. Ramanathan held various industry consulting and management roles, as well as clinical, research and teaching appointments in Madras, India, and Tufts University and New England Medical Center in Boston, Massachusetts.

131


Table of Contents

          Anthony T. Phillips became our Senior Vice President of Business Analysis and Strategic Project Management in October 2008, having previously served as Senior Vice President, Business Analysis and Inventory Management from December 2006 to September 2008. Beginning December 2005 until November 2006, Mr. Phillips served as Vice President, Business Analysis. Mr. Phillips served as Senior Director Merchandise Planning and Analysis from September 2003 to November 2005, and from October 2000 to August 2003, he served as Senior Director of Retail Analysis. Mr. Phillips first joined GNC in March 1993, as an analyst in our merchandising and sales department.
          Norman Axelrod became Chairman of our Board of Directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the Merger. Mr. Axelrod was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Linens ‘n Things, Inc. until its acquisition in February 2006. Mr. Axelrod joined Linens ‘n Things as Chief Executive Officer in 1988 and was elected to the additional position of Chairman of the Board in 1997. From 1976 to 1988, Mr. Axelrod held various management positions at Bloomingdale’s, ending with Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager. Mr. Axelrod also serves on the Boards of Directors of Maidenform Brands, Inc. and Jaclyn, Inc. Mr. Axelrod has worked with Ares Management LLC as an operating partner since 2007.
          Andrew Claerhout became one of our directors in July 2009. In April 2005, Mr. Claerhout joined Teachers’ Private Capital from EdgeStone Capital Partners. Previously, Mr. Claerhout worked at Pacific Equity Partners in Australia and Bain & Company in Canada and in Hong Kong. Mr. Claerhout has been involved in a number of transactions while at Teachers’, including the take-private of Alexander Forbes Limited, the creation of Actera Partners and several minority co-investments, including Kabel Deutschland, Grupo Corporativo Ono and Valentino Fashion Group. Mr. Claerhout currently sits on the board of AOT Bedding (Serta), Easton-Bell Sports and the advisory boards of multiple private equity funds. Mr. Claerhout received an HBA from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario and has completed the Stanford Executive Program at the Graduate School of Business, Stanford University.
          Carmen Fortino became one of our directors in July 2007. Mr. Fortino has been Chief Executive Officer of Seroyal International Inc., a natural pharmaceutical company based in Richmond Hill, Ontario, since May 2007 and also serves on its board of directors. He also serves as Managing Director and a member of the board of directors of Lifelong Nutrition, Inc. From 2003 to January 2007, Mr. Fortino held the positions of Executive Vice President-Ontario Region, and Officer for Loblaw Companies Ltd. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Fortino was Executive Vice President of Zehrmart Limited in Cambridge, Ontario. Prior to 2000, Mr. Fortino held several management positions for Loblaw Companies Ltd., including Senior Vice President — Supply Chain & Logistics.
          Michael F. Hines became one of our directors in November 2009. Mr. Hines was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. from 1995 to March 2007. From 1990 to 1995, he held management positions with Staples, Inc., most recently as Vice President, Finance. Earlier, he spent 12 years in public accounting, the last eight years with the accounting firm Deloitte & Touche, LLP in Boston. Mr. Hines also serves on the Board of TJX Companies, which he joined in 2007. Previously he served on the Board of Yankee Candle, Inc. from 2003 to 2007, when the company went private.
          David B. Kaplan became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the Merger. Mr. Kaplan has been a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management LLC, an alternative asset investment management firm, since April 2003 and serves on the Executive Committee of Ares Management. Mr. Kaplan joined Ares Management from Shelter Capital Partners, LLC, where he was a Senior Principal from 2000 to 2003. From 1991 through 2000, Mr. Kaplan was affiliated with, and a Senior Partner of, Apollo Management, L.P. and its affiliates, during which time he completed multiple private equity investments from origination through exit. Prior to Apollo, Mr. Kaplan was a member of the Investment Banking Department at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corp. Mr. Kaplan has over 20 years of experience managing investments in, and serving on the boards of directors of, companies operating in various industries, including in the retail and consumer products industries. Mr. Kaplan currently serves on the boards of directors of Maidenform Brands, Inc., Stream Global Services, Inc., and

132


Table of Contents

Orchard Supply Hardware Corporation. Mr. Kaplan also serves on the Board of Governors of Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and is a Trustee, Treasurer and Chairman of the Investment Committee of the Center for Early Education. Mr. Kaplan graduated with High Distinction, Beta Gamma Sigma, from the University of Michigan, School of Business Administration with a B.B.A. concentrating in Finance.
          Romeo Leemrijse became one of our directors in May 2009. Mr. Leemrijse joined Teachers’ in 2006 having previously worked at EdgeStone Capital Partners and CIBC World Markets. Mr. Leemrijse has participated in a number of transactions while at Teachers’, including the acquisition of New Zealand Yellow Pages Group, the publisher of the print and online directories in New Zealand, and several minority co-investments including Valentino Fashion Group, Intelsat and Select Service Partners. Mr. Leemrijse currently sits on the board of directors of AOT Bedding (Serta) and previously sat on the advisory boards of a number of leading international private equity funds. Mr. Leemrijse received a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Calgary and is a CFA charterholder.
          Jeffrey B. Schwartz became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the Merger. Mr. Schwartz is a Principal in the Ares Private Equity Group. Mr. Schwartz joined Ares in 2004 from Lehman Brothers Inc. where he served as a Vice President in the Financial Sponsors Group and specialized in providing acquisition advice to financial sponsors on potential leveraged buyouts. Prior to Lehman Brothers Inc., Mr. Schwartz was with the Wasserstein Perella Group where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions and leveraged finance. Mr. Schwartz also currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Stream Global Services, Inc. and WCA Waste Corporation and served as a director of Samsonite Corporation from September 2005 until May 2007. Mr. Schwartz graduated from University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business with a BS in Economics.
Board Composition and Terms
          As of February 15, 2009, our board of directors was composed of ten directors. Each director serves for annual terms or until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Pursuant to a stockholders agreement, as amended and restated on February 12, 2008, two of our Parent’s principal stockholders each have the right to designate four members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent. The stockholders agreement also provides for election of our Parent’s then-current chief executive officer to our Parent’s board of directors. Our Parent’s board of directors intends for our board of directors and the board of directors of GNC Corporation to have the same composition. Effective February 12, 2008, our Parent’s board of directors approved an amendment to our Parent’s by-laws that expanded the maximum size of its board of directors from nine to eleven members, the exact number of which will be set from time to time by our Parent’s board of directors.
Board Committees
          The board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Our board of directors historically had an audit committee and a compensation committee, which had the same members as the audit committee and compensation committee of our direct and ultimate parent companies. In connection with the Merger, our board of directors formed and appointed members to the audit committee and the compensation committee.
     Audit Committee
          The audit committee selects on behalf of our board of directors an independent public accounting firm to be engaged to audit our financial statements, discusses with the independent auditors their independence, approves the compensation of the independent public accounting firm, reviews and discusses the audited financial statements with the independent auditors and management and will recommend to our board of directors whether the audited financials should be included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC. The audit committee also oversees the Company’s internal audit function. The audit committee members are Jeffrey Schwartz, Romeo Leemrijse and Michael Hines; there is one vacant position on the audit

133


Table of Contents

committee. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Schwartz is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by Item 405(d)(ii) of Regulation S-K.
     Compensation Committee
          The compensation committee reviews and either approves, on behalf of our board and our Parent’s board of directors, or recommends to the board of directors for approval the annual salaries and other compensation of our executive officers and individual stock and stock option grants. The compensation committee also provides assistance and recommendations with respect to our compensation policies and practices and assists with the administration of our compensation plans. The compensation committee members are Andrew Claerhout, Norman Axelrod, David Kaplan and Romeo Leemrijse.
ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
     Overview
          Our compensation structure and policies for our executive officers are subject to review and approval by the compensation committee of the board of directors of our Parent (the “Compensation Committee”). This Compensation Discussion and Analysis reflects our compensation structure and policies currently in effect.
          Generally, the Compensation Committee is empowered to review and approve on an annual basis:
    the corporate goals and objectives with respect to compensation for our Chief Executive Officer;
 
    the evaluation process and compensation structure for our other executive officers; and
 
    the compensation structure and annual compensation for the directors on our board of directors and the board of directors of our Parent (together, the “Company Board”) and committee service by non-employee directors.
In addition, the Compensation Committee has the authority to review our incentive compensation plans, to recommend changes to such plans to the Company Board as needed and to exercise all the authority of the Company Board with respect to the administration of such plans.
          The primary objective of our compensation program is to attract and retain qualified employees who are enthusiastic about our mission and culture. A further objective of our compensation program is to provide incentives and to reward each employee for his or her contribution to us. In addition, we strive to promote an ownership mentality among our key leaders and directors. Finally, we intend for our compensation structure to be perceived as fair to our employees, stockholders and noteholders. The foregoing objectives are applicable to the compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, “Named Executive Officers”).
          Our compensation program is designed to reward the Named Executive Officers for their individual contributions, incentivize them for future performance and recognize our positive growth and financial performance. The Compensation Committee considers numerous factors, including the Named Executive Officers’ experience in conjunction with the level and complexity of the position in setting executive compensation. Regarding the compensation program and structure generally and all aspects

134


Table of Contents

of executive compensation, our management, principally our Chief Executive Officer, provides recommendations to the Compensation Committee; however, the Compensation Committee does not delegate any of its functions to others in setting compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer does not provide recommendations with respect to his own compensation. We do not generally engage any consultants related to executive or director compensation matters; however, in December 2008 our Compensation Committee reviewed a comparative analysis of our top nine executives’ total compensation packages prepared by the Hay Consulting Group to determine whether the compensation packages of our top nine executives are at market levels. Although our Compensation Committee reviewed this report, which generally indicated that our top nine executives receive market compensation, the Compensation Committee did not rely on this report or use it for benchmarking purposes in determining the current or future compensation of our Named Executive Officers. Our Compensation Committee does, however, regularly refer to survey and other compensation data, as described more fully below.
     Elements of the Company’s Executive Compensation
          Annual compensation for our Named Executive Officers is provided under employment agreements. We have employment agreements with all of our Named Executive Officers.
          Generally, annual compensation for our Named Executive Officers consists of the following components:
  1.   Base salary. The Compensation Committee uses base salary to attract and retain a strong motivated leadership team at levels that are commensurate with other specialty retailers of comparable size to us.
 
  2.   Annual incentive compensation. Annual incentive compensation is used to reward our Named Executive Officers for our growth and financial performance based on achievement of criteria approved by the Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee receives input from our Human Resources Department and Chief Executive Officer about our Named Executive Officers’ performance and business goals and objectives, and considers prevailing market practices based on, among other things, survey comparisons from Mercer Human Resource Consulting LLC, Western Management Group, and Watson Wyatt Worldwide to determine the compensation and criteria for particular positions and seniority levels. However, these surveys are not used to benchmark compensation. As additional cash compensation that is contingent on our annual financial performance, annual incentive compensation augments the base salary component while being tied directly to financial performance. Annual incentive compensation is documented in an annual plan, which is adopted by the Compensation Committee prior to or during the beginning of the applicable year.
 
  3.   Stock options. Stock options, which are discussed in more detail under “—Stock Awards,” are granted to recognize and incentivize performance. Stock options provide a non-cash compensation component to drive performance, but with a long-term horizon, since value to the Named Executive Officer is dependent on continued employment and appreciation in our overall value.
 
  4.   Benefits and perquisites. Our Named Executive Officers participate in employee benefits generally available to all employees, as well as any benefits generally made available to our executive officers. In addition, the Named Executive Officers receive certain perquisites, which are primarily based on level of position. Such perquisites may include insurance and parking, or additional cash compensation to meet specific goals, such as car allowance and professional assistance. We believe such perquisites are a necessary component for a competitive compensation package. In addition, we maintain a non-qualified deferred compensation plan in which certain of our Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate.

135


Table of Contents

  5.   Severance compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer and our other Named Executive Officers with employment agreements are entitled to severance compensation, including:
    a payment based on the Named Executive Officer’s base salary upon termination because of death or disability, termination by us without cause, or termination by the Named Executive Officer for good reason;
 
    a prorated payment of annual incentive compensation for the year in which employment is terminated if a bonus would have been payable had the Named Executive Officer been employed at the end of the year; and
 
    reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage under COBRA to the extent it exceeds the amount the Named Executive Officer was paying for health insurance premiums while employed for a period following the termination of the Named Executive Officer’s employment.
               See “— Employment Agreements with our 2009 Named Executive Officers” and “—Potential Termination or Change-in-Control Payments” for a discussion of the severance payments and benefits our Chief Executive Officer and the other Named Executive Officers may be entitled to receive upon a termination of employment.
          We believe that a competitive executive compensation program is needed in order both to attract and retain qualified Named Executive Officers.
     Stock Awards
          All of our employees, and the employees of direct and indirect subsidiaries and other affiliates, including our Named Executive Officers, are eligible for awards of stock options, restricted stock, and/or other stock-based awards under the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Stock Plan”), which are intended to recognize and incentivize performance. We believe that through a broad-based plan the economic interests of our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are more closely aligned to ownership interests.
          Under the terms of the 2007 Stock Plan, the Compensation Committee of our Parent (the “Parent Compensation Committee”) is responsible for administering the 2007 Stock Plan and making any award determinations. The Parent Compensation Committee does not delegate any function of the stock option grants. The Compensation Committee intends for stock option grants generally to be considered on an annual basis, except for new hires, promotions, and special performance recognition. Awards are generally granted only after the release of material information, such as quarterly or annual earnings, or at other times if the circumstances of the grant are evidenced and no action is taken with respect to the date of the grant that would constitute, or create the appearance of, a manipulation of the award exercise price.
          The Parent Compensation Committee sets the exercise price per share for stock option grants at an amount greater than or equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock. However, our ultimate parent company’s common stock has not been and is not publicly traded. The Parent Compensation Committee has used a valuation methodology in which the fair market value of the common stock is based on our business enterprise value and, in situations deemed appropriate by the Parent Compensation Committee, may be discounted to reflect the lack of marketability associated with the common stock.

136


Table of Contents

     How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element
          Base Salary. The Compensation Committee intends to set the base salary for our Named Executive Officers at a level to attract and retain a strong motivated leadership team, but not so high that it creates a negative perception with our employees generally, noteholders or stockholders. Each Named Executive Officer’s current and prior compensation is considered in setting future compensation. In addition, we review the compensation practices of other companies. Base salary amounts are determined by complexity and level of position as well as market comparisons.
          Each year, we perform a market analysis with respect to the compensation of all of our Named Executive Officers. Although we do not use compensation consultants, we participate in various surveys and use the survey data for market comparisons. Currently, we use surveys with both base salary and other short-term compensation data, including incentive compensation and fringe benefits, that are available from Mercer Human Resource Consulting LLC, Western Management Group, and Watson Wyatt Worldwide in the specialty retail and non-durable manufacturing categories. In addition to focusing our analysis on the specific executive positions, we break down the survey information based on corporate and/or average store revenue and geographic location of comparable companies to ensure that we are using valid comparisons. We also use internal value comparisons; however, we do not have any specific point system or rating structure for internal values.
          We have not historically used, and do not intend to use, the information in the surveys for benchmarking purposes or in our process for setting compensation. Rather, the Compensation Committee sets compensation levels and then uses the information in the surveys to confirm and demonstrate to management that the compensation being paid by us is consistent with market levels.
          Effective January 1, 2010, the Compensation Committee granted merit-based increases to the annual base salaries of Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, and effective December 6, 2009, the Compensation Committee granted merit-based increases to the annual base salaries of Messrs. Nuzzo and Dowd. The annual base salaries of Mr. Fortunato, Ms. Kaplan and Messrs. Nuzzo and Dowd were increased to $886,000, $716,000, $409,400 and $350,000, respectively. The increases ranged from 2% to 6.2% as a percentage of previous salary levels and were based upon the Named Executive Officers’ performance for the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, effective October 29, 2009, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Stubenhofer a merit-based increase in his annual base salary to $320,000.
          Annual Incentive Compensation. Our Named Executive Officers are entitled to annual performance bonuses pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements. The annual performance bonus for each Named Executive Officer has target and maximum bonus amounts expressed as a percentage of his or her annual base salary. The respective percentages are determined by position and level of responsibility and are stated in the annual incentive plan adopted by the Compensation Committee. The employment agreements of our Chief Executive Officer and President provide that their targets will not be less than 75% of their respective base salaries with a maximum of 125% of their respective base salaries. The target and/or maximum amounts may be increased for any Named Executive Officer by the terms of an employment agreement entered into after the adoption of an annual incentive plan.
          The following table sets forth the target and maximum bonus amounts for each level of executive officer with respect to the 2009 incentive plan adopted in February 2009 (the “2009 Incentive Plan”), the 2008 incentive plan adopted in February 2008 (the “2008 Incentive Plan”) and the 2007 incentive plan adopted in June 2007 (which replaced and superseded the 2007 incentive plan adopted in December 2006) (the “2007 Incentive Plan”):

137


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2009 Incentive Plan   2008 Incentive Plan   2007 Incentive Plan
    Target   Maximum   Target   Maximum   Target   Maximum
Level   Amount   Amount   Amount   Amount   Amount   Amount
CEO
    75 %     125 %     75 %     125 %     75 %     125 %
President
    75 %     125 %     75 %     125 %            
Executive Vice President
    45 %     100 %     45 %     100 %     45 %     100 %
Senior Vice President
    40 %     75 %     40 %     75 %     40 %     75 %
          Each annual incentive plan establishes thresholds, expressed as a percentage of the target amount or the maximum amount, based on the achievement of certain financial performance goals. The target bonus is designed to provide Named Executive Officers with a normal target bonus if we perform to expectation. The threshold bonus is designed to provide Named Executive Officers with some bonus opportunity, but less than the target opportunity if we do not achieve our expected budgeted performance. If we exceed our budgeted performance, Named Executive Officers will be paid a maximum bonus in excess of the target in order to reward them for our outstanding performance. For 2007, 2008 and 2009, the goal is based on budgeted EBITDA subject to certain adjustments for non-recurring items as determined by the Company Board. The following table sets forth the thresholds and related goals with respect to both the 2007 Incentive Plan, the 2008 Incentive Plan and the 2009 Incentive Plan:
                         
    2009 Incentive Plan   2008 Incentive Plan   2007 Incentive Plan
Thresholds   Budgeted EBITDA   Budgeted EBITDA   Budgeted EBITDA
First threshold—33% of target
    95 %     95 %     95 %
Second threshold—66% of target
          97 %     97 %
Target
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Maximum
    106.5 %     108 %     108 %
          As in 2008, for the 2009 Incentive Plan, the payment amount will be pro rated for budgeted EBITDA achieved between the Target and Maximum levels.
          The annual incentive plan for 2010 performance (the “2010 Incentive Plan”) was adopted by the Compensation Committee on February 4, 2010. It provides for the same target and maximum bonus amounts for the CEO, President, Executive Vice President and Senior Vice Presidents as the 2009 Incentive Plan. In addition, the 2010 Incentive Plan’s goal is based on budgeted EBITDA subject to certain adjustments for non-recurring items as determined by the Company Board. The thresholds and related goals with respect to the 2010 Incentive Plan are as follows:
         
    2010 Incentive Plan
Thresholds   Budgeted EBITDA
First threshold—33% of target
    91.5 %
Second threshold—66% of target
     
Target
    100 %
Maximum
    103.9 %
          We do not disclose our internal budget for results of operations, including budgeted EBITDA (as determined by the Company Board). This amount constitutes confidential financial information, and we believe that disclosure of this amount, whether with respect to historical periods or future periods, would cause us competitive harm by disclosing to competitors a key element of our internal projections.

138


Table of Contents

          The Compensation Committee sets the EBITDA target at a level it believes is both challenging and achievable. By establishing a target that is challenging, the Compensation Committee believes that performance of its employees, and therefore the Company, is maximized. By setting a target that is also achievable, the Compensation Committee believes that employees remain motivated to perform at the high level required to achieve the target. While the Company has experienced success in meeting the established EBIDTA targets, the Compensation Committee may determine in a particular year that based upon other factors than financial performance the awarding of full or partial bonuses is appropriate. In 2007, 2008, and 2009 the Company successfully met established EBITDA targets and bonus payments were made.
          The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, amend the foregoing levels on an individual basis if it determines that competitive considerations and/or circumstances require the Company to make exceptions to the foregoing levels to retain qualified executives.
          Based on our financial performance in 2009, we achieved a goal that exceeded target, but was less than the maximum threshold as described in the table above. As a result, in February 2010 each of our Named Executive Officers was paid an amount above the target, but less than the maximum possible annual incentive compensation under the 2009 Incentive Plan. Management believes that achieving 100%, or more, of the goal of meeting or exceeding 100% of budgeted EBITDA set in the 2010 Incentive Plan, while possible to achieve for our Named Executive Officers, will present a significant challenge.
          Generally, an annual performance bonus is payable only if the Named Executive Officer is employed by us on the date payment is made.
          Stock Options. We believe that equity-based awards are an important factor in aligning the long-term financial interest of our Named Executive Officers and stockholders. The Parent Compensation Committee continually evaluates the use of equity-based awards and intends to continue to use such awards in the future as part of designing and administering the Company’s compensation program. See “— Stock Awards” above for more information regarding our stock option grants.
          We follow a practice of granting equity incentives in the form of stock options in order to grant awards that contain both substantial incentive and retention characteristics. These awards are designed to provide emphasis on providing significant incentives for continuing growth in stockholder value. Stock options are generally granted on an annual basis, except for new employees on the commencement of their employment and to existing employees following a significant change in job responsibilities or to recognize special performance. Stock options generally are subject to vesting in annual installments on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant and have a term of ten years. However, stock options granted to our Chief Executive Officer and President are subject to vesting in annual installments on the first four anniversaries of the date of grant and have a term of ten years.

139


Table of Contents

          The Parent Compensation Committee determines stock option grant awards in accordance with the Named Executive Officer’s performance and level of position. The executive officer level positions within the company hierarchy are as follows: Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, and Vice President. All stock option grants to executive officers are determined by the Parent Compensation Committee. Since January 2008, we have consistently applied the following ranges of stock option grants for individuals at the executive officer level:
          Chief Executive Officer: 1,000,000 shares (minimum level)
          President: 750,000 shares (minimum level)
          Executive Vice President: 300,000 to 350,000 shares
          Senior Vice President: 70,000 to 135,000 shares
          Vice President: 20,000 to 30,000 shares
Within a given range, the size of the stock option award is determined based on the executive officer’s duties and the Company’s interest in attracting, retaining and providing significant incentives for the executive officer.
          We seek to provide employees, including all executive officers, with overall compensation and incentive packages that are commensurate with their respective functions and levels of seniority, and that are competitive within the retail industry. The Compensation Committee has determined that the foregoing grant levels are appropriate within the overall compensation and incentive package applicable to the various executive officer positions.
          As the Chief Executive Officer and President are unique offices, each filled by a single individual, the Compensation Committee has established minimum stock grant levels only. This enables the Compensation Committee to craft a total compensation package necessary to recruit and retain top talent to attract and retain individuals at these levels. All other officer level positions have multiple individuals who share the same title and level within the Company.
          Stock option grant awards made at the time of the Merger were based, in part, on the length of service and performance of the Named Executive Officer through the date of the Merger. Following the Merger, stock option grant awards have been made at or about the time that a Named Executive Officer begins service with GNC. Since a Named Executive Officer generally has little or no record of service prior to receiving stock option grant awards, elements of individual performance are not taken into account when making such stock option grant awards. To the extent that the Compensation Committee or our Company Board determines, at a future date, that it is appropriate to grant stock option awards to executive officers based on performance, the Compensation Committee or Company Board, as applicable, will establish standards for making such awards at that time.
          On May 14, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved a change to the exercise prices of non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.001, that were previously granted to Mr. Nuzzo and certain other executives. The Compensation Committee repriced the exercise prices in order to preserve the incentive intended to be afforded by the grant of stock options, and such repricings were approved by stockholders. For more information, see “Summary Compensation Table — Option Repricing.”
          Benefits and Perquisites. We provide a fringe benefit package for our Named Executive Officers. Generally, our Named Executive Officers are entitled to participate in, and to receive benefits under, any benefit plans, arrangements, or policies available to employees generally or to our executive officers generally. The fringe benefits for our Chief Executive Officer and President were negotiated in connection with their employment agreements and in some respects were set at a higher level as a matter of policy based on the position. The basic fringe benefits package for our Named Executive

140


Table of Contents

Officers who are senior vice presidents generally consists of the following items:
    health insurance in accordance with our health insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    prescription drug coverage in accordance with our health insurance plan or program, or separate prescription drug coverage plan or program, in effect from time to time;
 
    dental insurance in accordance with our dental insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    long-term disability insurance in accordance with our long-term disability insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    short-term disability insurance in accordance with our short-term disability insurance plan or program in effect from time to time;
 
    life insurance coverage in accordance with our life insurance program in effect from time to time, which for our Chief Executive Officer will be an amount equal to 2 times his base salary, not to exceed the maximum coverage limit provided from time to time in accordance with our employee benefits plan;
 
    an automobile allowance in an annual amount equal to $5,000;
 
    an allowance for professional assistance in an annual amount equal to $3,500;
 
    a supplemental retirement allowance in an annual amount equal to $10,000 ($25,000 for our Chief Executive Officer);
 
    a financial planning and tax preparation allowance in an annual amount equal to $3,000 ($8,000 for our Chief Executive Officer); and
 
    for senior vice presidents located at our headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, a downtown Pittsburgh parking lease with an annual value in an amount equal to $2,640.
          Named Executive Officers at the executive vice president level receive additional fringe benefits, which generally consist of some of the allowances listed, but at higher amounts (car allowance of $11,500; professional assistance allowance of $7,500; and, if applicable, a Pittsburgh parking lease with a $3,300 value). In addition to the basic package, we have Named Executive Officers who have historically received some of these allowances in greater amounts and have been grandfathered at those levels even though the current basic package is set at lower amounts. Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd receive an additional benefit on a grandfathered basis as follows: a supplemental medical allowance of $6,000 per year. In addition, Mr. Dowd received a car allowance in a greater amount than other executive officers of the same level of position on a grandfathered basis. Although Mr. Dowd and Mr. Nuzzo are Executive Vice Presidents, Mr. Dowd received a car allowance of $11,500, whereas Mr. Nuzzo received a car allowance of only $6,500.
          In addition to the fringe benefits set forth above, the fringe benefits package for our Chief Executive Officer also consists of an allowance for country club dues and expenses incurred for business reasons in an annual amount equal to $15,000, plus a one-time membership fee of $10,000 for a business club; and first class air travel for all business trips. In lieu of the individual allowances set forth above for our Named Executive Officers, our President receives $50,000 of additional fringe benefits to cover professional assistance, supplemental retirement, financial planning and automotive expenses.

141


Table of Contents

          Under certain circumstances, management may recommend and the Compensation Committee may approve more limited benefits or additional benefits, such as relocation expenses for new executives. Benefits and perquisites may be limited or expanded based on the needs of an executive officer or the circumstances of such executive officer’s employment. For example, parking allowances are provided only to those executive officers whose places of employment require parking licenses, and housing allowances are provided to our most senior executives only where management and the compensation committee determine that such benefits are necessary to attract, retain or enhance the performance of the executives.
          While the Compensation Committee in its discretion may revise, amend or add to Named Executive Officers’ benefits if it deems it advisable, we have no current plans to change the levels of benefits currently provided to our Named Executive Officers. We annually review these fringe benefits and make adjustments as warranted based on competitive practices, our performance and the individual’s responsibilities and performance. The Compensation Committee has approved these other benefits as a reasonable component of our executive compensation program. Please see the “All Other Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table for further information regarding these fringe benefits.
          We also maintain a 401(k) plan for eligible employees that permits each participant to make voluntary pre-tax contributions and provides that the Company may make matching contributions; however, none of our current Named Executive Officers are currently eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan.
          The Company maintains the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Under the deferred compensation plan, an eligible employee of such subsidiary or a participating affiliate may elect to defer a portion of his or her future compensation under the plan by electing such deferral prior to the beginning of the calendar year during which the deferral amount would be earned. Mr. Dowd is the only Named Executive Officer who made contributions to the plan in 2009. Please see the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table for more information regarding the deferred compensation plan.
          Employment Agreements and Severance Compensation. We have employment agreements with all of our Named Executive Officers. Please see “— Employment Agreements with our 2009 Named Executive Officers” for more information regarding the employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers as in effect in 2009, and “—Potential Termination or Change-in-Control Payments” for more information regarding termination and payments made in connection with a change in control. We will continue to determine appropriate employment agreement and severance packages for our Named Executive Officers in a manner that we believe will attract and retain qualified executive officers.
Chief Executive Officer Compensation
          Mr. Fortunato’s annual compensation is weighted towards variable, performance-based compensation, with the Company’s financial performance as the primary determinant of value. For 2009, Mr. Fortunato’s compensation consisted of:
    $860,000 base salary,
 
    no stock option awards,
 
    annual performance compensation under the 2009 Incentive Plan of $948,580,
 
    a discretionary bonus of $100,000 for meeting additional performance targets, including personnel initiatives (as described below), and
 
    other compensation, including fringe benefits, equal to $72,576.

142


Table of Contents

          At the beginning of 2008, the Compensation Committee established a development plan to be implemented by Mr. Fortunato. Mr. Fortunato’s objectives under the plan were in addition to his ongoing responsibilities as Chief Executive Officer. Among Mr. Fortunato’s primary objectives were the completion of the restructuring and development of the Company’s senior management team through the attraction, hiring and retention of qualified personnel and development of leadership capabilities. At the conclusion of 2008, the Compensation Committee determined that Mr. Fortunato’s performance met a significant number of the pre-determined objectives and awarded Mr. Fortunato a bonus of $90,000.
          During the first quarter of 2009, the Compensation Committee determined to implement a similar incentive program for Mr. Fortunato for fiscal year 2009. Under this program, Mr. Fortunato was eligible to receive an additional discretionary bonus of up to $200,000 based on the achievement of certain non-financial objectives. Among the primary objectives was ongoing executive leadership development, including through enhanced time management strategies and the implementation of collaborative approaches, and achievement of the Company’s strategic initiatives. Throughout the year, Mr. Fortunato provided reports to, and received input and feedback from, the Compensation Committee regarding his efforts to achieve the established objectives and complete the required actions. At the conclusion of 2009, the Compensation Committee determined that Mr. Fortunato’s performance met a significant number of the pre-determined objectives and awarded Mr. Fortunato a bonus of $100,000.
          During the first quarter of 2010, the Compensation Committee determined that, following the conclusion of fiscal year 2010, it will evaluate Mr. Fortunato’s performance for fiscal year 2010 and determine whether any discretionary bonus is warranted. In addition, effective January 1, 2010, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Fortunato a merit-based increase in his annual base salary to $886,000.
          See the Summary Compensation Table for more information regarding Mr. Fortunato’s compensation.
Accounting and Tax Considerations
          As a general matter, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers the various tax and accounting implications of compensation vehicles utilized by the Company.
          Our Parent Company’s stock option grant policies have been impacted by the implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“FASB ASC 718”) (formerly known as FAS 123R), which it adopted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. Under this accounting pronouncement, we are required to value unvested stock options granted prior to our adoption of FASB ASC 718 under the fair value method and expense those amounts in our income statement over the stock option’s remaining vesting period.
          Since neither our equity securities nor the equity securities of our direct or indirect parent companies are publicly traded, we are not currently subject to any limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m). While we are not required to do so, we have structured our compensation programs in a manner to generally comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m). Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a limitation was placed on tax deductions of any publicly traded corporation for individual compensation to certain executives of such corporation exceeding $1,000,000 in any taxable year, unless the compensation is performance-based. Had we been subject to Section 162(m) in 2007, we might have been subject to deduction limitations with respect to some of our Named Executive Officers because of discretionary bonus payments paid in March 2007 to all optionholders whose options vested in 2007 entitling them to receive payment pursuant to the terms of a November 2006 dividend and bonuses paid in March 2007 in connection with the completion of the Merger. These bonus payments were not performance-based.

143


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
          In the year ended December 31, 2009, none of our Named Executive Officers served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity whose executive officers served on our Company Board or Compensation Committee.
Compensation Committee Report
          The members of the Compensation Committee have reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Based on their review and the discussions between members of the Compensation Committee with members of management, the members of the Compensation Committee recommended to our board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K.
         
  Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors:
 
 
     
  Andrew Claerhout (Chair)   
  Norman Axelrod
David B. Kaplan
Romeo Leemrijse 
 
 
Notwithstanding any SEC filing by the Company that includes or incorporates by reference other SEC filings in their entirety, this Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the SEC except as specifically provided otherwise therein.

144


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
          The following table sets forth information concerning compensation we paid to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2009 (collectively, the “2009 Named Executive Officers”), for services rendered in all capacities to us during fiscal year 2009. In accordance with SEC rules, the compensation described in this table does not include medical or group life insurance received by the 2009 Named Executive Officers that are available generally to all salaried employees of the Company.
                                                                         
                                                    Change in        
                                                    Pension        
                                                    Value and        
                                            Non-Equity   Non-qualified        
                            Stock   Option   Incentive Plan   Deferred   All Other    
Name and           Salary   Bonus   Awards   Awards   Compensation   Compensation   Compensation   Total
Principal Position   Year   ($)   ($)1   ($)   ($)2   ($)3   Earnings ($)4   ($)5,6   ($)
Joseph Fortunato
    2009       860,000       100,000                   948,580             72,576       1,981,156  
Chief Executive Officer
    2008       855,769       216,573                   928,509             70,753       2,071,604  
 
    2007       787,500       1,909,384             4,083,556       700,875             7,260,110       14,741,425  
 
                                                                       
Beth J. Kaplan
    2009       696,154                         767,857             138,755       1,602,766  
President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer
    2008       675,000       250,000             1,822,120       732,375             119,770       3,599,265  
 
                                                                       
Michael M. Nuzzo
    2009       400,000                   553,442       335,200             125,321       1,413,963  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    2008       98,462                   462,250       80,542             14,992       656,246  
 
                                                                       
Thomas Dowd
    2009       330,154                         276,669             44,015       650,838  
Executive Vice
    2008       332,500       17,404                   271,985             44,015       665,904  
President of Store Operations and Development
    2007       293,077       226,708             727,139       168,702             1,028,078       2,443,704  
 
                                                                       
Gerald Stubenhofer7
    2009       294,310       15,000                   190,418             22,280       522,008  
Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer
                                                                       
 
(1)   Reflects the entire amount set forth under “Bonus” for the 2009 Named Executive Officers:
  (a)   For 2007: (i) discretionary payments we made in March 2007 to Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd whose options vested in 2007 entitling them to receive payment pursuant to the terms of a November 2006 dividend to the indirect parent company’s common stockholders in the amount of $5.42 per share, and which were determined based on the per share amount of the dividend and the number of outstanding vested option shares held by each optionholder as of December 15, 2006, and (ii) one time cash success bonuses upon the completion of the Merger paid on March 16, 2007 in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato — $500,000 and Mr. Dowd — $50,000.

145


Table of Contents

  (b)   For 2008: (i) payments we made in September 2008 pursuant to the Merger agreement of additional consideration in lieu of income tax payments in respect of net operating losses created as a result of the Merger to each of Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd, based on the number of outstanding vested option shares held by Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd as of the Merger; (ii) a one-time discretionary bonus in respect of performance in 2008 in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato — $90,000; and (iii) a one-time signing bonus to Ms. Kaplan of $250,000.
  (c)   For 2009: represents (i) a discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Fortunato for meeting additional performance targets, including personnel initiatives as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Chief Executive Officer Compensation” and (ii) a one-time discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Stubenhofer in October 2009.
 
(2)   Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 which have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. No stock options were granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
 
    On May 14, 2009, the Compensation Committee repriced the exercise prices of 150,000 of Mr. Nuzzo’s stock options from $9.57 to $7.70 per share and 150,000 of his stock options from $14.35 to $11.55 per share. The incremental fair value of such stock options is reported in this column in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For more information, please see “Option Repricing” below.
 
    For additional information, see Note 18 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards.
 
(3)   Reflects, as applicable, annual incentive compensation paid in March 2008 with respect to performance in 2007 pursuant to the 2007 Incentive Plan, annual incentive compensation paid in February 2009 with respect to performance in 2008 pursuant to our 2008 Incentive Plan and annual incentive compensation paid in February 2010 with respect to performance in 2009 pursuant to our 2009 Incentive Plan. Our results of operations for 2007, 2008 and 2009 exceeded the target goals for the target bonus payable for each applicable year, but were less than the maximum goal thresholds for the maximum bonus payable, to each 2007 Named Executive Officer under the 2007 Incentive Plan, each 2008 Named Executive Officer under the 2008 Incentive Plan and each 2009 Named Executive Officer under the 2009 Incentive Plan, respectively. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element” for information about the Incentive Plans.
 
(4)   Represents the above-market or preferential portion of the change in value of the executive officer’s account under our GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. See “Non-qualified Deferred Compensation” under the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table for a description of our deferred compensation plan.
 
(5)   The components of all other compensation for the 2009 Named Executive Officers are set forth in the following table:

146


Table of Contents

                                         
                    Imputed Value for        
                    Life Insurance   Payment for    
Named Executive           Perquisites   Premiums   Cancelled Optionsa   Total
Officer   Year   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
 
                                       
Joseph Fortunato
    2009       71,562       1,014             72,576  
 
    2008       69,739       1,014             70,753  
 
    2007       94,437       552       7,165,121       7,260,110  
 
                                       
Beth J. Kaplan
    2009       138,203       552             138,755  
 
    2008       119,374       396             119,770  
 
                                       
Michael M. Nuzzo
    2009       125,108       213             125,321  
 
    2008       14,992                   14,992  
 
                                       
Thomas Dowd
    2009       43,660       355             44,015  
 
    2008       43,660       355             44,015  
 
    2007       42,643       240       985,195       1,028,078  
 
                                       
Gerald Stubenhofer
    2009       22,040       240             22,280  
  (a)   Reflects payments made to certain 2009 Named Executive Officers pursuant to the terms of the Merger on March 16, 2007, for outstanding options canceled in connection with the Merger in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per share merger consideration paid in the Merger over the exercise price per share of the option, multiplied by the number of shares of GNC Parent Corporation common stock subject to the option and subject to reduction for required withholding tax.
 
(6)   Perquisites include cash amounts received by certain 2009 Named Executive Officers for, or in reimbursement of, supplemental medical, supplemental retirement, parking, professional assistance, car allowance, financial services assistance and the imputed value of life insurance premiums. With respect to our Chief Executive Officer, perquisites also include reimbursement of country club dues and expenses. With respect to our President, perquisites also include reimbursement of housing, commuting expenses and director parking. With respect to our Chief Financial Officer, perquisites also include reimbursement of certain state taxes.
 
    For 2008, the following perquisites exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of each 2009 Named Executive Officer’s total perquisites:
    Mr. Fortunato: supplemental retirement — $25,000, professional assistance - $10,500, car allowance — $11,500, club dues — $8,079 and financial services — $8,000;
 
    Ms. Kaplan: supplemental retirement — $20,000, housing allowance — $17,857 and commuting expenses — $51,517;
 
    Mr. Nuzzo: supplemental retirement — $2,222, professional assistance — $1,670 and reimbursement of certain state taxes — $8,545; and
 
    Mr. Dowd: supplemental medical — $6,000, supplemental retirement — $10,000, professional assistance — $7,500, car allowance — $11,500 and financial services - $8,000.
For 2009, the following perquisites exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of each 2009 Named Executive Officer’s total perquisites:
    Ms. Kaplan: housing allowance — $44,845 and commuting expenses — $43,166; and
 
    Mr. Nuzzo: reimbursement of certain state taxes — $95,568.
 
(7)   Mr. Stubenhofer was not a named executive officer for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 based on the level of his total compensation in such years. Effective October 29, 2009, Mr. Stubenhofer’s base salary was increased from $288,000 to $320,000 per year.

147


Table of Contents

Option Repricing
          On May 14, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved a change to the exercise prices of non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.001, that were previously granted to Mr. Nuzzo on October 21, 2008. The Compensation Committee determined that, as of May 14, 2009, the exercise prices of the options were substantially greater than the fair market value of the common stock. In order to preserve the incentive intended to be afforded by the grant of stock options, the Compensation Committee repriced the exercise prices of 150,000 of Mr. Nuzzo’s stock options from $9.57 to $7.70 per share and an additional 150,000 of Mr. Nuzzo’s stock options from $14.35 to $11.55 per share. Such repricings were approved by our stockholders and were structured in a way intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. All other terms of the stock options remain unchanged.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
          The following table sets forth information concerning awards under the Company’s non-equity incentive plans granted to each of the 2009 Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. Assumptions used in the calculation of certain dollar amounts are included in Note 18 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
                                                                 
                            All Other            
                            Option            
                            Awards:            
                            Number           Grant Date
            Estimated Possible Payouts under Non-equity   of   Exercise or   Fair Value of Stock
            Incentive Plan Awards (1)   Securities   Base Price   and
            Threshold   Threshold           Underlying   of Option   Option
    Grant   #1   #2   Target   Maximum   Options   Awards   Awards
Name   Date   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   (#)   ($/Sh)   ($)
 
Joseph Fortunato
          212,850       425,700       645,000       1,075,000                    
 
                                                               
Beth J. Kaplan
          172,298       344,597       522,116       870,193                    
 
                                                               
Michael M. Nuzzo
          59,400       118,800       180,000       400,000                    
 
  May 14, 2009                             150,000       7.70       277,306 (2)
 
  May 14, 2009                             150,000       11.55       276,136 (3)
 
                                                               
Thomas Dowd
          49,028       98,056       148,569       330,154                    
 
                                                               
Gerald Stubenhofer
          38,849       77,698       117,724       220,733                    
 
(1)   The amounts represent the threshold, target and maximum potential amounts that might have been payable based on the targets approved for the 2009 Named Executive Officers under the 2009 Incentive Plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element” for more information regarding the thresholds under the 2009 Incentive Plan. See “Summary Compensation Table—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” and footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table for information regarding the actual amounts paid in February 2010 to the 2009 Named Executive Officers under the 2009 Incentive Plan.

148


Table of Contents

(2)   Represents the incremental fair value of Mr. Nuzzo’s stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with respect to which the exercise prices were repriced. On May 14, 2009, the Compensation Committee repriced the exercise prices of 150,000 of Mr. Nuzzo’s options that were granted on October 21, 2008 from $9.57 to $7.70 per share. For more information, please see “Option Repricing” above. For additional information, see Note 18 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(3)   Represents the incremental fair value of Mr. Nuzzo’s stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with respect to which the exercise prices were repriced. On May 14, 2009, the Compensation Committee repriced the exercise prices of 150,000 of Mr. Nuzzo’s options that were granted on October 21, 2008 from $14.35 to $11.55 per share. For more information, please see “Option Repricing” above. For additional information, see Note 18 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
     The table below sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable option awards granted to the 2009 Named Executive Officers under our 2007 Stock Plan and held as of December 31, 2009.
                                 
    Option Awards
    Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised   Option    
    Options (#)(1)   Exercise Price    
Name   Exercisable   Unexercisable   ($)   Option Expiration Date
 
Joseph Fortunato
    40,000       40,000       5.00       3/16/2017  
 
    591,438       591,439       5.00       3/16/2017  
 
    631,438       631,439       7.50       3/16/2017  
 
                               
Beth J. Kaplan
    175,000       700,000       6.93       1/2/2018  
 
    175,000       700,000       10.39       1/2/2018  
 
                               
Michael M. Nuzzo
    30,000       120,000       7.70       10/21/2018  
 
    30,000       120,000       11.55       10/21/2018  
 
                               
Thomas Dowd
    70,817       106,277       5.00       3/16/2017  
 
    70,817       106,277       7.50       3/16/2017  
 
    19,182       28,774       5.00       5/4/2017  
 
    19,182       28,774       7.50       5/4/2017  
 
                               
Gerald Stubenhofer
    25,000       37,500       5.00       11/1/2017  
 
    25,000       37,500       7.50       11/1/2017  
 
(1)   Time-based stock option awards made under the 2007 Stock Plan, which awards vest subject to continuing employment, other than the stock options granted to Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, in five equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant. For the stock options granted to Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, such stock options vest in four equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
          No stock options were exercised in 2009. We have not issued, nor are there any outstanding, shares of restricted stock.

149


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits
          The Company did not have a pension plan in effect for the benefit of its 2009 Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009.
Non-qualified Deferred Compensation
          The Company maintains the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Under the deferred compensation plan, an eligible employee of such subsidiary or a participating affiliate may elect to defer a portion of his or her future compensation under the plan by electing such deferral prior to the beginning of the calendar year during which the deferral amount would be earned (or, if applicable, within 30 days of the date on which the employee first becomes eligible to participate in the plan). The minimum amount of salary that may be deferred by an eligible employee for a calendar year is $200, subject to a maximum of 25% of the employee’s salary otherwise payable for the year and the minimum amount of bonus that may be deferred by an eligible employee for a calendar year is $2,000, subject to a maximum of 25% of the employee’s bonus otherwise payable for the year. The employers participating in the plan may in their discretion elect to make a matching contribution to the plan for a calendar year, based on amounts deferred by eligible employees for that year. An eligible employee may elect at the time amounts are deferred under the plan to have such amounts credited to an in-service account, which is payable (subject to certain special elections for 2006 and 2007 pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) on a future date selected by the employee at the time the employee first elects to defer compensation under the plan, or to a retirement account, which is payable (subject to the special elections described above) upon the employee’s retirement (as defined in the plan). Payments will be made earlier than the dates described above as a result of the death or disability of an employee participating in the plan. If a participating employee dies before retirement, a death benefit will be paid to the employee’s beneficiaries in certain cases. For purposes of applying the provisions of the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) to the plan, the plan is intended to be an unfunded arrangement.
          The following table identifies the 2009 Named Executive Officers who participate in the plan, their contributions, our contributions and the earnings in 2009, and their aggregate balance at the end of 2009.
                                         
    Executive   Registrant   Aggregate   Aggregate   Aggregate
    Contributions in   Contributions in   Earnings in Last   Withdrawals/   Balance at Last
    Last Fiscal Year   Last Fiscal Year   Fiscal Year   Distributions   Fiscal Year-End
Name   ($)(1)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)(2)
Joseph Fortunato
                             
Beth J. Kaplan
                             
Michael M. Nuzzo
                             
Thomas Dowd
    23,504             19,919             89,246  
Gerald Stubenhofer
                             
 
(1)   The amounts reported in this column reflect deferrals under the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan of base salary and bonus earned by and paid to Mr. Dowd in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. A portion of the amount reported as salary and/or bonus in the Summary Compensation Table, column (c) and (g), respectively were deferred by Mr. Dowd in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as follows: $9,905 of salary and $13,599 of bonus.
 
(2)   The amounts reported in this column include previously earned, but deferred, salary and bonus that were reported in our Summary Compensation Table in previous years as follows: (i) $10,372 in 2008 and (ii) $32,864 in 2007.

150


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements with our 2009 Named Executive Officers
     Chief Executive Officer
          On March 16, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Fortunato that provides for a five-year term with automatic annual one-year renewals thereafter unless we or Mr. Fortunato provide at least one-year advance notice of termination, and an annual base salary of not less than $800,000, subject to certain upward adjustments. Effective January 1, 2009, Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement was amended to comply with Code Section 409A. Effective January 1, 2010, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Fortunato a merit-based increase in his annual base salary to $886,000. The employment agreement provides for an annual performance bonus with a target bonus of 75% and a maximum bonus of 125% of Mr. Fortunato’s annual base salary based upon our attainment of annual goals established by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Fortunato will receive certain fringe benefits and perquisites similar to those provided to our other executive officers. The employment agreement provides that upon a change in control all of Mr. Fortunato’s stock options will fully vest and become immediately exercisable and all restrictions with respect to restricted stock, if any, granted to Mr. Fortunato will lapse.
          Upon Mr. Fortunato’s termination for death or total disability we will be required to pay to him (or his guardian or personal representative):
    a lump sum equal to one times his base salary plus the annualized value of his perquisites; and
 
    a prorated share of the annual bonus he would have received had he worked the full year, provided bonus targets are met for such year.
We will also pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Mr. Fortunato to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or, in the case of disability, until Mr. Fortunato obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits. In addition, Mr. Fortunato’s outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse as of the date of termination, in each case, assuming he had continued employment during the calendar year in which termination occurs and for the year following such termination.
          If Mr. Fortunato’s employment is terminated without cause, he resigns for good reason or we decline to renew the employment term for reasons other than those that would constitute cause after the initial five-year employment term, then, subject to Mr. Fortunato’s execution of a release:
    Mr. Fortunato will receive payment of a lump sum amount of two times his base salary and the annualized value of his perquisites;
 
    Mr. Fortunato will receive payment of a lump sum amount of two times his average annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the most recent three fiscal years;
 
    we will pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Mr. Fortunato to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or until Mr. Fortunato obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits; and
 
    Mr. Fortunato’s outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse if they would have otherwise done so in the 24 months following the termination had Mr. Fortunato continued to be employed (36 months if such termination occurs in anticipation of a change in control, or within the six months prior to, or at any time following, an initial public offering of our Parent’s common stock).

151


Table of Contents

If such termination occurs in anticipation of or during the two-year period following a change in control, or within six months prior to or at any time following the completion of an initial public offering of our Parent’s common stock, the multiple of base salary and annualized perquisites and of average annual bonus will increase from two times to three times. A termination of Mr. Fortunato’s employment will be deemed to have been in anticipation of a change in control if such termination occurs at any time from and after the period beginning six months prior to a change in control and such termination occurs (i) after we or our Parent enter into a definitive agreement that provides for a change in control or (ii) at the request of an unrelated third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a change in control.
For purposes of Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement, “cause” generally means any of the following events as determined in good faith by a 2/3 vote of the Parent Board, Mr. Fortunato’s:
    conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime which constitutes a felony;
 
    willful disloyalty or deliberate dishonesty with respect to the Company or our Parent that is injurious to our or our Parent’s financial condition, business or reputation;
 
    commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against us or our Parent;
 
    material breach of any provision of his employment agreement or any other written contract or agreement with us or our Parent that is not cured; or
 
    willful and continued failure to materially perform his duties or his continued failure to substantially perform duties requested or prescribed by the Parent Board or the Company Board which is not cured.
For purposes of Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means, without Mr. Fortunato’s consent:
    our failure to comply with any material provision of his employment agreement which is not cured;
 
    a material adverse change in his responsibilities, duties or authority which, in the aggregate, causes his positions to have less responsibility or authority;
 
    removal from his current positions or failure to elect (or appoint) him to, or removal of him from the Parent Board or the Company Board;
 
    a material reduction in his base salary; or
 
    a relocation of his principal place of business of more than 75 miles.
For purposes of Mr. Fortunato’s employment agreement, “change in control” generally means:
    an acquisition representing 50% or more of either our Parent’s common stock or the combined voting power of the securities of our Parent entitled to vote generally in the election of the Parent Board;
 
    a change in 2/3 of the members of Parent Board from the members on the effective date of his employment agreement, unless approved by (i) 2/3 of the members of the Parent Board on the effective date of his employment agreement or (ii) members nominated by such members;

152


Table of Contents

    the approval by Parent stockholders of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of our Parent or the Company or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of our Parent and its subsidiaries; or
 
    we cease to be a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of our Parent.
President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer
          On December 19, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Kaplan in connection with her appointment as President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer. The employment agreement was amended, effective January 1, 2009, to comply with Code Section 409A. The employment agreement provides for an employment term through January 2, 2010, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless we or Ms. Kaplan provide at least one year advance notice and an annual base salary of not less than $675,000, subject to certain upward adjustments. Effective January 1, 2010, the Compensation Committee granted Ms. Kaplan a merit-based increase in her annual base salary to $716,000. Ms. Kaplan is also entitled to an annual performance bonus with a target bonus of 75% and a maximum bonus of 125% of her annual base salary, based upon the attainment of certain goals established jointly in good faith by the Chief Executive Officer and Ms. Kaplan. The employment agreement also provides that Ms. Kaplan will receive certain fringe benefits and perquisites similar to those provided to our other executive officers. Upon a change in control, all of Ms. Kaplan’s stock options will fully vest and become immediately exercisable and all restrictions with respect to restricted stock, if any, granted to Ms. Kaplan will lapse.
          Upon Ms. Kaplan’s death or total disability, we will be required to pay her (or her guardian or personal representative):
    a lump sum equal to her base salary plus the annualized value of her perquisites; and
 
    a prorated share of the annual bonus she would have received had she worked the full year, provided bonus targets are met for such year.
          We will also pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Ms. Kaplan to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or, in the case of disability, until Ms. Kaplan obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits. In addition, Ms. Kaplan’s outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse as of the date of termination, in each case, assuming she had continued employment during the calendar year in which termination occurs and for the year following such termination.
          If Ms. Kaplan’s employment is terminated without cause, she resigns for good reason, or we decline to renew the employment term for reasons other than those that would constitute cause after the initial two-year employment term, then, subject to Ms. Kaplan’s execution of a release:
    Ms. Kaplan will receive payment of a lump sum amount equal to 18 months of her base salary;
 
    Ms. Kaplan will receive payment of a lump sum amount equal to her average annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the most recent three fiscal years; and
 
    Ms. Kaplan will be responsible for payment of the monthly cost of COBRA coverage, but we will reimburse Ms. Kaplan for any portion of the monthly cost of COBRA coverage that exceeds the amount of monthly health insurance premium (with respect to Ms. Kaplan’s coverage and any eligible dependent coverage) payable by Ms. Kaplan immediately prior to such termination, such reimbursements to continue through the expiration of the agreement term or the severance period.

153


Table of Contents

If such termination occurs in anticipation of or during the two-year period following a change in control, or within six months prior to or at any time following the completion of an initial public offering of our Parent’s common stock, then Ms. Kaplan will receive payment of a lump sum amount equal to two times her base salary and the annualized value of her perquisites and the average annual bonus will increase to two times. A termination of Ms. Kaplan’s employment will be deemed to have been in anticipation of a change in control if such termination occurs at any time from and after the period beginning six months prior to a change in control and such termination occurs (i) after we or our Parent enter into a definitive agreement that provides for a change in control or (ii) at the request of an unrelated third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a change in control.
For purposes of Ms. Kaplan’s employment agreement, “cause” generally means Ms. Kaplan’s:
    conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime which constitutes a felony;
 
    willful disloyalty or deliberate dishonesty with respect to the Company or our Parent that is injurious to our or our Parent’s financial condition, business or reputation;
 
    commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against us or our Parent;
 
    material breach of any provision of her employment agreement or any other written contract or agreement with us or our Parent that is not cured; or
 
    willful and continued failure to materially perform her duties or her continued failure to substantially perform duties requested or prescribed by the Parent Board or the Company Board which is not cured.
For purposes of Ms. Kaplan’s employment agreement, “good reason” generally means, without Ms. Kaplan’s consent:
    our failure to comply with any material provision of her employment agreement which is not cured;
 
    a material adverse change in her responsibilities, duties or authority which, in the aggregate, causes her positions to have less responsibility or authority;
 
    removal from her current positions or failure to elect (or appoint) her to, or removal of her from, the Parent Board or the Company Board;
 
    a material reduction in her base salary;
 
    a relocation of her principal place of business of more than 100 miles; or
 
    our failure to appoint her Chief Executive Officer in the event Mr. Fortunato ceases to serve as Chief Executive Officer of us or our Parent.
For purposes of Ms. Kaplan’s employment agreement, “change in control” generally means:
    an acquisition representing 50% or more of either our Parent’s common stock or the combined voting power of the securities of our Parent entitled to vote generally in the election of the Parent Board;
 
    a change in 2/3 of the members of Parent Board from the members on the effective date of her employment agreement, unless approved by (i) 2/3 of the members of the Parent Board on the effective date of her employment agreement or (ii) members nominated by such members;

154


Table of Contents

    the approval by Parent stockholders of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of our Parent or the Company or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of our Parent and its subsidiaries; or
 
    we cease to be a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of our Parent.
     Other 2009 Named Executive Officers
          On October 31, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Nuzzo in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. On April 21, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Dowd, our Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development, and on October 1, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Stubenhofer, our Senior Vice President Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. These employment agreements were amended, effective January 1, 2009, to comply with Code Section 409A.
          The employment agreements contain substantially the same terms. Each agreement provides for a two-year term with automatic one-year renewals thereafter unless we or the executive provide at least 30 days’ advance notice of termination. Pursuant to their employment agreements, Messrs. Nuzzo, Dowd and Stubenhofer are entitled to a base salary in the amount equal to $400,000, $320,000 and $275,000, respectively, in each case subject to annual review by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee. Effective December 6, 2009, the Compensation Committee granted Messrs. Nuzzo and Dowd merit-based increases in their annual base salaries to $409,400 and $350,000, respectively. Effective October 29, 2009, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Stubenhofer a merit-based increase in his annual base salary to $320,000. The employment agreements also entitle the executives to annual performance bonuses payable if we exceed the annual goals determined by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, and to certain fringe benefits and perquisites similar to those provided to our other executive officers.
          The employment agreements also provide for certain benefits upon termination of employment. Upon death or disability, the executives (or their estates) are entitled to their current base salary for the remainder of the employment period, and, subject to the discretion of the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment, provided bonus targets are met. Upon termination of employment by us without cause or voluntarily by the executive for good reason, subject to the execution of a written release, the executive is also entitled to:
    salary continuation generally for the remainder of the agreement term (unless the termination occurs during the initial term in which case, Mr. Nuzzo is entitled to salary continuation for one year and Mr. Dowd is entitled to salary continuation for six months), or two years if the termination occurs upon or within six months following a change in control;
 
    subject to the discretion of the Company Board or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment; and
 
    reimbursement for any portion of the monthly cost of COBRA coverage that exceeds the amount of monthly health insurance premium (with respect to the executive’s coverage and any eligible dependent coverage) payable by the executive immediately prior to such termination, such reimbursements to continue through the expiration of the agreement term or the severance period.
For purposes of the employment agreements, “cause” generally means the executive’s:
    failure to comply with any obligation imposed by his employment agreement;
 
    being indicted for any felony or any misdemeanor that causes or is likely to cause harm or embarrassment to the Company, in the reasonable judgment of the board;

155


Table of Contents

    theft, embezzlement or fraud in connection with the performance of duties;
 
    engaging in any activity that gives rise to a material conflict of interest with the Company;
 
    misappropriation by the executive of any material business opportunity of the Company;
 
    any failure to comply with, observe or carry out the Company’s or the Company Board’s rules, regulations, policies or codes of ethics or conduct;
 
    substance abuse or illegal use of drugs that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company Board, impairs the executive’s performance or causes or is likely to cause harm or embarrassment to the Company; or
 
    engagement in conduct that the executive knows or should know is injurious to the Company.
For purposes of the employment agreements, “good reason” generally means, without the executive’s prior written consent:
    the Company’s failure to comply with material obligations under his employment agreement;
 
    a change of the executive’s position; or
 
    a material reduction in the executive’s base salary.
For purposes of the employment agreements, “change in control” generally means:
    an acquisition representing 50% or more of either our Parent’s common stock or the combined voting power of the securities of our Parent entitled to vote generally in the election of the Parent Board;
 
    a change in 2/3 of the members of Parent Board from the members on the effective date of the executive’s employment agreement, unless approved by (i) 2/3 of the members of the Parent Board on the effective date of the executive’s employment agreement or (ii) members nominated by such members;
 
    the approval by Parent stockholders of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of our Parent or the Company or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of our Parent and its subsidiaries; or
 
    we cease to be a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of our Parent.
          Under all circumstances, all of Messrs. Nuzzo’s, Dowd’s and Stubenhofer’s unvested equity awards will be forfeited as of the date of the executive’s termination.

156


Table of Contents

     General
          The employment agreements for all of our 2009 Named Executive Officers contain:
    terms of confidentiality concerning trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information which may not be disclosed by the executive except as required by court order or applicable law; and
 
    certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions which restrict the executive and certain relatives from engaging in activities against our interests or those of our parent companies during the term of employment and, in the case of Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, eighteen months following the termination of employment, and in the case of the other 2009 Named Executive Officers, for the longer of the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment or the period during which the executive receives termination payments.

157


Table of Contents

Potential Termination or Change-in-Control Payments
          The following tables summarize the value of the compensation that 2009 Named Executive Officers would have received if they had terminated employment on December 31, 2009 under the circumstances shown or if we had undergone a change in control on such date. The tables exclude (1) compensation amounts accrued through December 31, 2009 that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, and (2) vested account balances under our 401(k) Plan that are generally available to all of our salaried employees. Where applicable, the amounts reflected for the prorated annual incentive compensation in 2009 are the amounts that were actually paid to the 2009 Named Executive Officers in February 2010 under the 2009 Incentive Plan, since the hypothetical termination date is the last day of the fiscal year for which the bonus is to be determined.
          Where applicable, the information in the tables uses a fair market value per share of $6.50 as of December 31, 2009 for GNC Parent Corporation’s common stock. Since the Merger, the Compensation Committee has used a valuation methodology in which the fair market value of the common stock is based on our business enterprise value and, in situations deemed appropriate by the Parent Compensation Committee, may be discounted to reflect the lack of marketability associated with the common stock.
          The termination and change in control arrangements for our 2009 Named Executive Officers and other senior employees are generally based on form employment agreements. As such, these arrangements generally are uniform and not highly negotiated. The amounts payable in connection with termination and change in control events are tied to our officers’ respective base salaries and annual bonuses, and therefore are proportionately higher for the more senior and highly compensated officers. Similarly, the termination and change in control arrangements for our Chief Executive Officer and President generally provide for higher payments than those for other officers. These provisions were negotiated with our most senior officers, and deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee, to both attract and retain the individuals and to ensure that their long-term interests are aligned with those of the Company. Specifically, the change in control provisions are designed to reflect the expectations of the Company Board with respect to the manner in which the Company will be operated over the life of the employment agreements and to be consistent with our peer companies. Similarly, the termination provisions, which provide for lump sum payments of salary and bonus, and in some instances, acceleration of stock options, are designed to preserve the value of the long-term compensation arrangements for Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan to ensure the continued alignment of their interests with those of the Company.
          Because the amounts payable in connection with termination and change in control events are generally based on the formula set forth in the form employment agreements, the Compensation Committee does not generally consider the amounts when establishing the compensation of its named executive officers. The Compensation Committee, together with the Company, established the terms of the foregoing arrangements to address and conform to our overall compensation objectives in attracting and retaining the caliber of executives that are integral to our growth: market competitiveness; maintaining management continuity, particularly through periods of uncertainty related to change in control events; providing our key personnel with the assurance of fair and equitable treatment following a change in management control and other events; and ensuring that management is held to high standards of integrity and performance.

158


Table of Contents

     Chief Executive Officer
     Joseph Fortunato
                                                         
    Termination           Termination                
    w/o   Termination   w/o                
    cause or   w/o   cause or   Termination            
    for Good   cause or   for Good   w/o            
    Reason or   for Good   Reason in   Cause or            
    Non-   Reason   anticipation   for Good            
    renewal of   upon a   of a   Reason in            
    the   Change in   Change in   Connection   Voluntary   Death or   Change of
    Agreement   Control   Control   with an IPO   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
 
Lump Sum Base Salary
    1,720,000       2,580,000       2,580,000       2,580,000             860,000        
Lump Sum Annual Incentive Compensation
    1,718,643       2,577,964       2,577,964       2,577,964                    
Lump Sum Annualized Value or Perquisites
    143,124       214,686       214,686       214,686             71,562        
Prorated Annualized Incentive Compensation
    948,580       948,580       948,580       948,580             948,580        
Health & Welfare Benefits
    14,469       14,469       14,469       14,469             14,469        
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
    947,158       947,158       947,158       947,158             473,579       947,158  
Payment Reduction
                                         
 
Net Value
    5,491,973       7,282,856       7,282,856       7,282,856             2,368,190       947,158  
 

159


Table of Contents

Other 2009 Named Executive Officers
     Beth J. Kaplan
                                                         
    Termination           Termination                
    w/o   Termination   w/o                
    cause or   w/o   cause or   Termination            
    for Good   cause or   for Good   w/o            
    Reason or   for Good   Reason in   Cause or            
    Non-   Reason   Anticipation   for Good            
    renewal of   upon a   of a   Reason in            
    the   Change in   Change in   Connection   Voluntary   Death or   Change of
    Agreement   Control   Control   with an IPO   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
 
Lump Sum Base Salary
    1,042,500       1,390,000       1,390,000       1,390,000             695,000        
Lump Sum Annual Incentive Compensation
    750,116       1,500,232       1,500,232       1,500,232                    
Lump Sum Annualized Value or Perquisites
          100,000       100,000       100,000             50,000        
Prorated Annualized Incentive Compensation
    767,857       767,857       767,857       767,857             767,857        
Health & Welfare Benefits
    13,312       13,312       13,312       13,312             13,312        
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
                                         
Payment Reduction
                                           
 
Net Value
    2,573,785       3,771,401       3,771,401       3,771,401             1,526,169        
 
     Michael M. Nuzzo
                                         
            Termination w/o            
            cause or for            
            Good Reason            
    Termination w/o   within 6 Months            
    cause or for   after a Change in   Voluntary   Death or   Change of
    Good Reason   Control   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
 
Base Salary Continuation
    400,000       800,000             400,000        
Pro Rata Bonus
    335,200       335,200             335,200        
Health & Welfare Benefits
    7,396       17,749                    
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
                             
Payment Reduction
                             
 
Net Value
    742,596       1,152,950             735,200        
 

160


Table of Contents

     Thomas Dowd
                                         
            Termination w/o            
            cause or for            
            Good Reason            
    Termination w/o   within 6 Months            
    cause or for   after a Change in   Voluntary   Death or   Change of
    Good Reason   Control   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
 
Base Salary Continuation
    164,800       659,200             100,235        
Pro Rata Bonus
    276,669       276,669             276,669        
Health & Welfare Benefits
    2,930       17,578                    
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
                             
Payment Reduction
                             
 
Net Value
    444,399       953,447             376,904        
 
     Gerald Stubenhofer
                                         
            Termination w/o            
            cause or for            
            Good Reason            
    Termination w/o   within 6 Months            
    cause or for   after a Change   Voluntary   Death or   Change of
    Good Reason   in Control   Termination   Disability   Control
Benefit   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
 
Base Salary Continuation
    240,000       640,000             240,000        
Pro Rata Bonus
    190,418       190,418             190,418        
Health & Welfare Benefits
    13,183       17,578                    
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options
                             
Payment Reduction
                             
 
Net Value
    443,601       847,996             430,418        
 
          We have employment agreements with our 2009 Named Executive Officers. See “Employment Agreements with Our 2009 Named Executive Officers” for a description of the severance and change in control benefits provided under these employment agreement.
          The employment agreements provide that if any payment would have been subject to or result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, then the amount of such payment or payments would have been reduced to the highest amount that may be paid by us without subjecting such payment to the excise tax. Mr. Fortunato’s and Ms. Kaplan’s employment agreements provide that the reduction will not apply if he would, on a net after-tax basis, receive less compensation than if the payment were not so reduced. Based on a hypothetical change in control on December 31, 2009, none

161


Table of Contents

of the 2009 Named Executive Officers would have been subject to a reduction payment if their employment had been terminated at the time of a December 31, 2009 change in control or on December 31, 2009 in anticipation of a change in control or a change in control without an employment termination. For purposes of calculating any hypothetical reduction payment as a result of change in control payments, we have assumed that the change in control payments for any of the 2009 Named Executive Officers would have included the amount of 2009 annual incentive compensation, and the value of any options granted in 2009. To the extent any of these amounts were paid prior to December 31, 2009, they are not reflected in the tables above. The calculation of the payment reduction amounts does not include a valuation of the non-competition covenant in the 2009 Named Executive Officer’s employment agreements. A portion of the severance payments payable to the 2009 Named Executive Officers may be attributable to reasonable compensation for the non-competition covenant and could eliminate or reduce the reduction amount.
          The employment agreements for Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan provide for accelerated vesting of stock options on a change in control. The 2007 Stock Plan provides that, in the event of a change in control, unvested stock options generally may be fully vested, cancelled for fair value or substituted for awards that substantially preserve the applicable terms of the stock options. We have assumed for purposes of the table that upon a change in control of the Company, Messrs. Nuzzo’s, Dowd’s and Stubenhofer’s unvested stock options would be substituted for awards that substantially preserve the applicable terms of the stock options. In the event that in the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, Messrs. Nuzzo’s, Dowd’s and Stubenhofer’s unvested stock options would have become vested in connection with a change in control on December 31, 2009, the value of their vested options as of such would have been: Mr. Nuzzo — $—; Mr. Dowd — $337,500; and Mr. Stubenhofer — $93,750.
          Finally, although there is no requirement to do so or guarantee that it would have been paid, we have assumed that, in the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, the 2009 Named Executive Officers would have been paid their prorated annual incentive compensation for the year in which their employment was terminated based on a hypothetical termination date of the end of that year, other than in the case of voluntary termination without good reason or a termination by the Company for cause.
          Upon a termination of employment on December 31, 2009, the shares of our Parent’s common stock owned by 2009 Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan would have been subject to repurchase by us or our designee for a period of 180 days (270 days upon termination because of death or disability) following the termination based on fair value as determined by the Company Board.
Director Compensation
          Pursuant to our director compensation policy, effective as of August 15, 2007, we compensate our directors as follows: (i) our non-employee chairman receives an annual retainer of $200,000 and (ii) our non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $40,000. Directors are not entitled to any additional cash compensation such as fees for attending meetings. However, each non-employee director is entitled to receive a grant of non-qualified stock options to purchase a minimum of 36,176 shares of Parent’s common stock. Any director or chairman who is employed by ACOF, OTPP and other purchasers in connection with the Merger is not entitled to any retainers or stock option grants.
          The table below sets forth information with respect to compensation for our directors for 2009.
          Norman Axelrod, David B. Kaplan, Jeffery B. Schwartz, Lee Sienna, Josef Prosperi and Michele J. Buchignani were each appointed as members of the Company Board effective as of March 16, 2007. As stated above, any employee employed by ACOF or OTPP is not entitled to any additional compensation for serving as director. Accordingly, Messrs. Kaplan, Schwartz, Sienna and Prosperi and Ms. Buchignani are not listed in the table below. On May 14, 2009, Andrew Claerhout and Romeo Leemrijse were elected to fill vacancies created by the resignations of Mr. Sienna and Ms. Buchignani. Mr. Prosperi also resigned effective July 29, 2009.

162


Table of Contents

          Richard D. Innes and Carmen Fortino were elected as directors to the Company Board effective July 17, 2007. Effective October 21, 2009, Mr. Innes resigned as a director of the Company Board.
          On October 21, 2009, Michael Hines was elected a director to the Company Board effective October 21, 2009. In connection with his election, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Hines a non-qualified stock option to purchase 29,800 shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 at an exercise price of $8.42 per share, and 29,800 options to purchase shares of such common stock at an exercise price of $12.63 per share. Each stock option (i) has a term of 10 years from the election date and (ii) becomes vested and exercisable in five equal installments on each anniversary of the election date, subject to Mr. Hines’ continued service as a director until the applicable vesting date.
          Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan serve as members of the Company Board, but neither receives any compensation for serving as a director.
                                                         
                                    Change in        
                                    Pension Value        
                                and Non-        
    Fees                   Non-Equity   qualified        
    Earned or                   Incentive   Deferred        
    Paid in   Stock   Option   Plan   Compensation   All other    
    Cash   Awards   Awards   Compensation   Earnings   Compensation   Total
Name   ($)   ($)   ($)1,2   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)
Norman Axelrod
    200,000                                     200,000  
Richard D. Innes
    40,000 3                                   40,000  
Carmen Fortino
    40,000 3                                   40,000  
Michael Hines
    10,000             185,356                         195,356  
 
(1)   Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For additional information, see Note 18 under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards. The grant date fair value was $3.11 per share, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
 
(2)   The table below sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable stock options granted to the listed directors and held as of March 1, 2010. No other stock awards were made to the directors, and no stock options were exercised by the directors in 2009.
                 
    Option Awards Outstanding on March 1, 2010
Name   Exercisable   Unexercisable
Norman Axelrod
    146,156       219,236  
Richard D. Innes
           
Carmen Fortino
    14,470       21,706  
Michael Hines
          29,800  
 
(3)   Messrs, Innes and Fortino each received payment in Canadian Dollars in the amount of CAN $46,569. The amount set forth in the table above reflect such amounts reflected in U.S. Dollars based on an average conversion rate of 1.164.

163


Table of Contents

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
          The following table sets forth, as of March 1, 2010 (the “Ownership Date”), the number of shares of our Parent’s common stock beneficially owned by (1) each person or group known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Parent’s common stock, (2) each director, (3) each named executive officer, and (4) all directors and executive officers as a group.
          Percentage ownership is based on a total of 86,742,639 shares of our Parent’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock and 29,964,165 shares of our Parent’s Series A preferred stock outstanding as of the Ownership Date, subject to the assumptions described below.
          Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the following persons have sole voting and investment control with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them. In accordance with SEC rules, if a person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of any shares of our Parent’s common stock, on or within 60 days of the Ownership Date, upon exercise of outstanding options or otherwise, the shares are deemed beneficially owned by that person and are deemed to be outstanding solely for the purpose of determining the percentage of shares that person beneficially owns. These shares are not included in the computations of percentage ownership for any other person.
                                         
    Beneficial Ownership
    Class A   Class B           Series A    
    Common   Common           Preferred    
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares   Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage
 
Directors and Named Executive Officers1,2:
                                       
Norman Axelrod3
    205,782             *       20,374       *  
Andrew Claerhout4,5
                             
Thomas Dowd
    302,542             *       17,674       *  
Carmen Fortino5
    14,470             *             *  
Joseph Fortunato
    2,142,809             2.4 %     84,907       *  
Michael Hines1
                             
Beth J. Kaplan6
    700,000             *              
David B. Kaplan3,7
                             
Romeo Leemrijse4,5
                             
Michael M. Nuzzo
    60,000             *              
Jeffrey B. Schwartz3,8
                             
Gerald J. Stubenhofer
    50,000             *             *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (23 persons)
    4,435,786             4.9 %     187,610       *  

164


Table of Contents

                                         
    Beneficial Ownership
    Class A   Class B           Series A    
    Common   Common           Preferred    
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares   Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage
 
Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Outstanding Parent’s Common Stock :
                                       
Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P9
    33,539,898             38.7 %     11,460,102       38.2 %
KL Holdings LLC10
    4,605,028             5.3 %     1,573,472       5.3 %
Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board11
    14,581,393       28,168,561       49.3 %     14,607,046       48.7 %
 
*   Less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
 
(1)   The address of Mr. Hines and each current executive officer is c/o General Nutrition Centers, Inc., 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222.
 
(2)   On March 16, 2007, in connection with the Merger, our Parent entered into a stockholders agreement with each of our stockholders. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, as amended February 12, 2008, our Parent’s principal stockholders each have the right to designate four members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent), for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent. As a result, each of ACOF and OTPP may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of our Parent’s common stock and preferred stock held by the other parties to the stockholders’ agreement. ACOF and OTPP each expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares of our Parent’s common stock and preferred stock.
 
(3)   The address of each of Messrs. Axelrod, Kaplan and Schwartz is c/o Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067.
 
(4)   Mr. Claerhout is the Vice President and Mr. Leemrijse is a Director of the private equity group of OTPP. Each of Messrs. Claerhout and Leemrijse disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of our Parent’s common stock and preferred stock owned by OTPP.
 
(5)   The address for each of Messrs. Claerhout, Fortino and Leemrijse is c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5.
 
(6)   Ms. Kaplan is a member of Axcel Managers LLC, the managing member of Axcel Partners III LLC, and of SK Limited Partnership, a member of Axcel Partners III LLC. Axcel Partners III LLC holds 318,693 shares of our Class A common stock and 128,861 shares of our Series A preferred stock. Ms. Kaplan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Axcel Partners III LLC, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of Axcel Managers LLC, SK Limited Partnership and Axcel Partners III LLC is 10955 Nacirema Lane, Stevenson, MD 21153.

165


Table of Contents

(7)   Mr. Kaplan is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares and member of Ares Partners Management Company LLC, both of which indirectly control ACOF. Mr. Kaplan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by ACOF, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
 
(8)   Mr. Schwartz is a Principal in the Private Equity Group of Ares, which indirectly controls ACOF. Mr. Schwartz disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by ACOF, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
 
(9)   Reflects shares owned by ACOF. The general partner of ACOF is ACOF Management II, L.P. (“ACOF Management II”) and the general partner of ACOF Management II is ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P. (“ACOF Operating Manager II”). ACOF Operating Manager II is indirectly owned by Ares which, in turn, is indirectly controlled by Ares Partners Management Company, LLC (“APMC” and, together with ACOF, ACOF Management II, ACOF Operating Manager II and Ares the “Ares Entities”). Antony P. Ressler is the Manager of APMC. Each of Mr. Ressler, the Ares Entities (other than ACOF, with respect to the shares owned by ACOF) and the partners, members and managers thereof, disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
 
(10)   The address of KL Holdings LLC is 1250 Fourth Street, Santa Monica, California 90401.
 
(11)   The address of Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board is 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5.
ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
Management Services Agreement
          Upon completion of the Merger, we entered into a management services agreement with our Parent. Under the agreement, our Parent agreed to provide us and our subsidiaries with certain services in exchange for an annual fee of $1.5 million, as well as customary fees for services rendered in connection with certain major financial transactions, plus reimbursement of expenses and a tax gross-up relating to a non-tax deductible portion of the fee. Under the terms of the management services agreement, we have agreed to provide customary indemnification to our Parent and its affiliates and those providing services on its behalf. In addition, upon completion of the Merger, we incurred an aggregate fee of $10.0 million, plus reimbursement of expenses, payable to our Parent for services rendered in connection with the Merger. In 2009, we paid $1.5 million under this agreement.
Stockholders’ Agreement
          Upon completion of the Merger, our Parent entered into a stockholders agreement with each of its stockholders, which includes certain of our directors, employees, and members of our management and our principal stockholders. The stockholders agreement was amended and restated as of February 12, 2008. Through a voting agreement, the amended and restated stockholders agreement gives each of ACOF and OTPP, our Parent’s principal stockholders, the right to designate four members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent. The voting agreement also provides for election of our Parent’s then-current chief executive officer to our Parent’s board of directors. Under the terms of the amended and restated stockholders agreement, certain significant corporate actions require the approval of a majority of directors on the board of directors, including a majority of the directors designated by ACOF and a majority of the directors designated by OTPP. The amended and restated stockholders agreement also contains significant transfer restrictions and certain rights of first offer, tag-along, and drag-along rights. In addition, the amended and restated stockholders agreement contains registration rights that require our Parent to register common stock held by the stockholders who are parties to the stockholders agreement in the event our Parent registers for sale, either for its own account or for the account of others, shares of its common stock.

166


Table of Contents

Lease Agreements
          General Nutrition Centres Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is party to 21 lease agreements, as lessee, with Cadillac Fairview Corporation, as lessor, with respect to properties located in Canada. Cadillac Fairview Corporation is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of OTPP, one of the principal stockholders of our parent. See Item 12, “—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”. The aggregate value of the leases is approximately $12.4 million, together with certain future landlord related costs, of which $2.4 million was paid during the 2009 fiscal year. Each lease was negotiated in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis.
Product Purchases
          During our 2009 fiscal year, we purchased certain fish oil and probiotics products manufactured by Lifelong Nutrition, Inc. (“Lifelong”) for resale under our proprietary brand name WELLbeING. Carmen Fortino, who serves as one of our directors, is the Managing Director, a member of the Board of Directors and a stockholder of Lifelong. The aggregate value of the products we purchased from Lifelong was $3.3 million for the 2009 fiscal year.
Stock Purchase
          During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, Axcel Partners III, LLC purchased 273,215 shares of Common Stock of our parent at a price of $6.82 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.9 million, and 45,478 shares of Common Stock of our parent at a price of $7.08 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.3 million, respectively, and 110,151 and 18,710 shares of Preferred Stock of our parent at a price of $5.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the dates of purchase, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Ms. Kaplan, who serves as a director and as our President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer, is a member of Axcel Managers LLC, the managing member of Axcel Partners III LLC, and of SK Limited Partnership, a member of Axcel Partners III LLC.
Stock Purchase Agreement
          In February 2010, Holdings, GNC and Guru Ramanathan, Senior Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer of GNC, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement in connection with Mr. Ramanathan’s previous purchase, in July 2008, of 14,885 shares of Common Stock of Holdings at a price of $6.93 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $103,153, and 4,961 shares of Preferred Stock of Holdings at a price of $5.6637 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $28,097.62.
Director Independence
          Through a voting agreement, our Parent’s stockholders agreement gives each of our Parent’s principal stockholders, the right to designate three members of our Parent’s board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, four members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own at least 10% of the outstanding common stock of our Parent. The voting agreement also provides for election of our Parent’s then-current chief executive officer to our Parent’s board of directors. Our Parent’s board of directors intends for our board of directors and the board of directors of GNC Corporation to have the same composition, which was put into place effective March 16, 2007 following the closing of the Merger. Each member of the current board of directors is either an affiliate of one of our Parent’s principal stockholders or one of our executive officers.
          Our board of directors has historically had an audit committee and a compensation committee, which have had the same members as the audit committee and compensation committee of our direct and ultimate parent companies. In connection with the Merger, our board of directors appointed members to the audit committee and the compensation committee, which are the same members as the audit committee and compensation committee of our direct and ultimate parent companies.

167


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics
          The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Company’s directors, executive officers, including Chief Executive Officer, and senior financial officers. In addition, the Company has adopted a Code of Ethical Business Conduct for all employees. Our Code of Ethics is posted on our website at www.gnc.com on the Corporate Governance page of the Investor Relations section of the website.
          Although we have not adopted formal procedures for the review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons, our Board reviews potential transactions with those parties we have identified as related parties prior to the consummation of the transaction, and we adhere to the general policy that such transactions should only be entered into if they are approved by our Board, in accordance with applicable law, and on terms that, on the whole, are no more or loss favorable than those available from unaffiliated third parties.

168


Table of Contents

ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
          Aggregate fees for professional services rendered for the Company by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PricewaterhouseCoopers”) for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, were:
                 
Type of Fee   2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
               
Audit Fees
  $ 862     $ 767  
Audit-Related Fees
    15       254  
Tax Fees
    207       49  
Other Fees
    17       1
 
           
Total
  $ 1,101     $ 1,071  
 
           
Audit Fees
          The Audit Fees for the year ended December 31, 2009 relate to professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers for the integrated audit of our consolidated annual financial statements and our internal control over financial reporting.
          The Audit Fees for the year ended December 31, 2008 relate to professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated financial statements.
          The Audit Fees for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, also include the review of the quarterly consolidated financial statements, issuance of consents and statutory audits.
Audit-Related Fees
          Audit-Related Fees for the year ended December 31, 2009 relate to professional services rendered for accounting related matters by PricewaterhouseCoopers.
          Audit-Related Fees for the year ended December 31, 2008 include the assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting by PricewaterhouseCoopers.
Tax Fees
          The Tax Fees for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 include services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers relating to tax compliance.
          The Tax Fees for the year ended December 31, 2009 also include other tax planning services.
Other Fees
          The Other Fees for the year ended December 31, 2009 relate to professional services rendered for payment security compliance by PricewaterhouseCoopers.
          In accordance with policies adopted by our audit committee, all audit and non-audit related services to be performed by our independent public accountants must be approved in advance by the audit committee or by a designated member of the audit committee. All services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved by our audit committee.

169


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
     (a) Documents filed as part of this report:
  (1)   Financial statements filed in Part II, Item 8 of this report:
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
 
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.
 
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s (Deficit) Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the year ended December 31,2009 and2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.
 
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the year ended December 31,2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.
 
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  (2)   Financial statement schedule:

170


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (1)
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
            (in thousands)            
 
                                 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 4,388     $ 3,875     $ 4,266       $ 4,382  
Additions-charged to costs and expense
    3,442       4,025       1,973         929  
Deductions
    (6,041 )     (3,512 )     (2,364 )       (1,045 )
 
                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 1,789     $ 4,388     $ 3,875       $ 4,266  
 
                         
Inventory Reserves
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
            (in thousands)            
 
                                 
 
                                 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 10,386     $ 9,859     $ 10,487       $ 10,796  
Additions-charged to costs and expense
    2,917       3,318       2,541         747  
Deductions
    (3,749 )     (2,791 )     (3,169 )       (1,056 )
 
                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 9,554     $ 10,386     $ 9,859       $ 10,487  
 
                         
Tax Valuation Allowances
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     Year ended     March 16-       January 1-  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       March 15,  
    2009     2008     2007       2007  
            (in thousands)            
 
                                 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 11,990     $ 10,955     $ 7,191       $ 13,231  
Additions-charged at cost and expense
    264       2,344       3,764         130  
Deductions
    (4,724 )     (1,309 )             (6,170 )
 
                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 7,530     $ 11,990     $ 10,955       $ 7,191  
 
                         
 
(1)     These balances are the total allowance for doubtful accounts for trade accounts receivable and the current and long-term franchise note receivable and also includes our returns for our wholesale customers.

171


Table of Contents

  (3)   Exhibits:
          Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this report. Certain exhibits are incorporated by reference from statements and reports previously filed by the Company or our Parent with the SEC pursuant to Rule 12b-32 under the Exchange Act:
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (f/k/a Apollo GNC Holding, Inc.) (the “Company”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
3.2 Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
3.3 By-Laws of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
3.4 Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. *
4.1 Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated February 12, 2008, by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”), Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and the other stockholders party thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)
4.2 Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)
4.3 Form of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Note due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 above.)
4.4 Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)
4.5 Form of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 above.)
4.6 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)
4.7 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)
10.1 Mortgage, Assignment of Leases, Rents and Contracts, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated March 23, 1999, from Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., as Mortgagor, to Allstate Life Insurance Company, as Mortgagee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

172


Table of Contents

10.2 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.3 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.4 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.5 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Corporation and N.V. Nutricia. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.6 Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.7 Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between Numico Research B.V. and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.8 Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.9 Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Investment Company and Numico Research B.V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.10 GNC Live Well Later Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)
10.11 GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, adopted March 16, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114396), filed August 10, 2007.)
10.12 Amendment No. 1 to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of February 12, 2008. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)
10.13 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of March 16, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)
10.14 Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-114502), filed March 14, 2008.)
10.15 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2009, by and among the Company, Holdings and Joseph M. Fortunato. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-114396), filed March 19, 2009.)

173


Table of Contents

10.16.1 Employment Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2008, by and between the Company and Michael M. Nuzzo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 333-144396), filed November 4, 2008.)
10.16.2 Amendment No.1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between the Company and Michael M. Nuzzo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-114396), filed March 19, 2009.)
10.17.1 Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, by and among the Company, Holdings and Beth J. Kaplan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)
10.17.2 Amendment No.1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and among the Company, Holdings and Beth J. Kaplan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-114396), filed March 19, 2009.)
10.18.1 Employment Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2008, by and between the Company and Thomas Dowd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-144396), filed May 9, 2008.)
10.18.2 Amendment No.1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between the Company and Thomas Dowd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-114396), filed March 19, 2009.)
10.19.1 Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, by and between the Company and Gerald J. Stubenhofer. *
10.19.2 Amendment No.1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between the Company and Gerald J. Stubenhofer. *
10.20 GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.) †
10.21 Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.) †
10.22 Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2004, between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.) †
10.23.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)
10.23.2 Form of Indemnification Agreement for executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.2 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)
10.24 Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2006, by and between GNC Parent Corporation and GNC Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 333-114502), filed November 28, 2006.)

174


Table of Contents

10.25 Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and between Holdings and the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)
10.26 Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among GNC Corporation, the Company, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint lead arrangers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as syndication agent, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as documentation agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)
10.27 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corporation, the Company and the Guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007).
10.28 Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corporation, the Company and the Guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 above.)
10.29 Amended and Restated GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and between Nutra Sales Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Sales Corporation) and Rite Aid Hdqtrs. Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007). †
12.1 Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. *
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-114396), filed March 19, 2009.)
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
 
*   Filed herewith
 
  Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been separately filed with the SEC.

175


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
GENERAL NUTRITION CENTERS, INC.
 
   
By:   /s/ Joseph Fortunato      
  Joseph Fortunato     
  Chief Executive Officer
Dated: March 11, 2010 
   
 
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
     
By:   /s/ Joseph Fortunato      
  Joseph Fortunato     
  Director and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
Dated: March 11, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Michael M. Nuzzo      
  Michael M. Nuzzo     
  Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
Dated: March 11, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Norman Axelrod      
  Norman Axelrod     
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
Dated: March 7, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Andrew Claerhout      
  Andrew Claerhout     
  Director
Dated: March 8, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Carmen Fortino      
  Carmen Fortino     
  Director
Dated: March 9, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Michael F. Hines      
  Michael F. Hines     
  Director
Dated: March 9, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Beth J. Kaplan      
  Beth J. Kaplan     
  Director
Dated: March 9, 2010 
   

176


Table of Contents

         
         
     
By:   /s/ David B. Kaplan      
  David B. Kaplan     
  Director
Dated: March 8, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Romeo Leemrijse      
  Romeo Leemrijse     
  Director
Dated: March 8, 2010 
   
 
         
     
By:   /s/ Jeffrey B. Schwartz      
  Jeffrey B. Schwartz     
  Director
Dated: March 8, 2010 
   
 

177